SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

1996 FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996

Commission file number 1-5471

GLOBAL MARINE INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                               95-1849298
 (State or other jurisdiction of                 (IRS Employer
  incorporation or organization)                Identification No.)

 777 N. Eldridge Road, Houston, Texas                  77079
(Address of principal executive offices)             (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (281) 596-5100

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                Name of each exchange
       Title of each class                       on which registered
Common Stock, $0.10 par value                  New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES [X] NO [ ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

As of January 31, 1997, the aggregate market value of the Company's common stock, $0.10 par value, held by non-affiliates was $3,798,835,853.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: Common Stock, $0.10 par value, 169,946,670 shares outstanding as of January 31, 1997.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement in connection with the 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated into Part III of this Report.


                         TABLE OF CONTENTS
[CAPTION]

Part I

Items 1. and 2.  Business and Properties
Item 3.          Legal Proceedings
Item 4.          Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

Part II

Item 5.          Market for Registrant's Common Equity and
                 Related Stockholder Matters
Item 6.          Selected Financial Data
Item 7.          Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                 Condition and Results of Operations
Item 8.          Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9.          Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
                 on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Part III

Item 10.         Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
Item 11.         Executive Compensation
Item 12.         Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
Item 13.         Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Part IV

Item 14.         Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules,
                 and Reports on Form 8-K

                                _______________________

The statements regarding future financial performance and results and the other statements which are not historical facts contained in this report are forward-looking statements. The words "expect," "project," "estimate," "predict" and similar expressions are also intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements involve risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, oil and gas prices and other market factors, market dayrates, results of future marketing activity, the dates the Company's rigs undergoing conversion to drilling operations will commence drilling, rig utilization rates, and costs and other factors discussed herein and in the Company's other Securities and Exchange Commission filings. Should one or more such risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual outcomes may vary materially from those indicated.


PART I

ITEMS 1. AND 2. BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

Global Marine Inc. is a holding company incorporated in Delaware in 1964. Unless otherwise provided, the term "Company" refers to Global Marine Inc. and, unless the context otherwise requires, to its consolidated subsidiaries. The Company's businesses are conducted by subsidiaries of Global Marine Inc.

The Company provides offshore drilling services on a dayrate basis and offshore drilling management services on a turnkey basis, and participates in oil and gas exploration, development and production activities. Industry segment information relative to the Company is set forth in Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Contract Drilling

Substantially all of the Company's offshore contract drilling operations are conducted by Global Marine Drilling Company ("GMDC"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Global Marine Inc. GMDC is headquartered in Houston, Texas, has other principal offices in Lafayette, Louisiana and Aberdeen, Scotland, and has additional offices in London, England; Luanda, Angola; New Orleans, Louisiana; Pointe Noire, Congo; Port Gentil, Gabon; and Port Harcourt, Nigeria.

The Company has a modern, diversified, active fleet of 26 mobile offshore drilling rigs consisting of 23 cantilevered jackups, two third-generation semisubmersibles, and one self-propelled drillship. In addition, the Company has two rigs, the Glomar Celtic Sea semisubmersible and Glomar Explorer drillship, which are currently undergoing conversion to drilling operations (see "Recent Developments"), and the inactive Glomar Beaufort Sea I concrete island drilling system (the "CIDS"), which was designed for arctic operations and was last under contract in 1990. All of the Company's active rigs were placed in service in 1979 or later, and, as of February 26, 1997, their average age was approximately 14.8 years.

The Company's fleet is deployed in the major offshore oil and gas operating areas worldwide. The principal areas of the Company's operations currently include the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, offshore West Africa, and the North Sea.

As part of upgrading and expanding its rig fleet and other assets, the Company considers and pursues the acquisition of suitable additional rigs and other assets on an ongoing basis. If the Company decides to undertake an acquisition, the issuance of additional shares of stock or additional debt could be required.

Recent Developments. In June 1996 the Company entered into an agreement to purchase a dynamically-positioned semisubmersible, the Polycastle, for $55 million in cash after receiving a three-year, $160 million commitment from a major oil company to drill in deep waters of the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. The purchase was completed in October. The Company plans to spend approximately $130 million to convert the rig, which was renamed the Glomar Celtic Sea, into a fourth-generation semisubmersible capable of drilling in water depths of up to 5,000 feet. The Glomar Celtic Sea is scheduled to commence drilling in the Gulf of Mexico in the fourth quarter of 1997.

In August 1996 the Company announced that it had received a five-year, $262 million commitment from two major oil companies to drill in deep waters of the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. To fulfill this commitment, the Company entered into a 30-year lease with the U.S. government for use of the Glomar Explorer, a dynamically-positioned ship that the Company designed and operated for the U.S. government from 1973 to 1975. The Company plans to spend approximately $175 million to convert the Glomar Explorer into a deep-water drillship capable of operating in water depths of up to 7,500 feet. The Glomar Explorer is scheduled to commence drilling in the Gulf of Mexico in the first quarter of 1998.

The Company intends to fund its investments in the Glomar Celtic Sea and Glomar Explorer with internally generated funds.

Offshore Rig Fleet. The following table lists the rigs in the Company's drilling fleet as of February 15, 1997, indicating the year each rig was placed in service, as well as its maximum water and drilling depth capabilities, current location, customer, and estimated contract expiration date.


                                    OFFSHORE RIG FLEET
                              Status as of February 15, 1997

                           YEAR
                          PLACED     MAXIMUM      DRILLING
                            IN     WATER DEPTH     DEPTH                            CURRENT         CONTRACT
                          SERVICE   CAPABILITY   CAPABILITY       LOCATION          CUSTOMER          TERM (1)
                         --------  -----------   ----------       --------          --------        ----------
Cantilevered Jackup
Glomar High Island I        1979      250 ft.     20,000 ft.   Gulf of Mexico   Vastar Resources    expires 3/97
Glomar High Island II       1979      270 ft.     20,000 ft.   Gulf of Mexico   Unocal              expires 5/97
Glomar High Island III      1980      250 ft.     20,000 ft.   West Africa      Texaco              expires 3/98
Glomar High Island IV       1980      250 ft.     20,000 ft.   Gulf of Mexico   Chevron             expires 3/97
Glomar High Island V        1981      270 ft.     20,000 ft.   West Africa      Cabinda Gulf        expires 4/99
Glomar High Island VII      1982      250 ft.     20,000 ft.   West Africa      Pecten Cameroon     expires 1/98
Glomar High Island VIII     1982      250 ft.     20,000 ft.   Gulf of Mexico   Vastar Resources    expires 6/97
Glomar High Island IX       1983      250 ft.     20,000 ft.   West Africa      Texaco              expires 4/97
Glomar Adriatic I           1981      300 ft.     25,000 ft.   West Africa      Elf Serepca         expires 5/97
Glomar Adriatic II          1981      350 ft.     25,000 ft.   Gulf of Mexico   Chevron             expires 3/97
Glomar Adriatic III         1982      300 ft.     25,000 ft.   Gulf of Mexico   Forest Oil          expires 5/97
Glomar Adriatic IV          1983      350 ft.     25,000 ft.   West Africa      United Meridian     expires 6/98
Glomar Adriatic V           1979      300 ft.     20,000 ft.   West Africa      Elf Gabon           expires 10/97
Glomar Adriatic VI          1981      350 ft.     20,000 ft.   Gulf of Mexico   Taylor Energy       expires 3/97
Glomar Adriatic VII         1983      325 ft.     20,000 ft.   Gulf of Mexico   Mesa                expires 5/97
Glomar Adriatic VIII        1983      300 ft.     25,000 ft.   West Africa      Mobil               expires 2/98
Glomar Adriatic IX          1981      300 ft.     20,000 ft.   West Africa      Conoco              expires 10/97
Glomar Adriatic X           1982      300 ft.     20,000 ft.   West Africa      UMCEG               expires 12/97
Glomar Adriatic XI          1983      225 ft.     25,000 ft.   North Sea        Talisman            expires 5/97
Glomar Main Pass I          1982      300 ft.     25,000 ft.   Gulf of Mexico   Pennzoil            expires 5/97
Glomar Main Pass IV         1982      300 ft.     25,000 ft.   Gulf of Mexico   Mesa                expires 3/97
Glomar Labrador I           1983      300 ft.     25,000 ft.   North Sea        Amoco               expires 4/97
Glomar Baltic I             1983      375 ft.     25,000 ft.   Gulf of Mexico   Apache              expires 3/97

Semisubmersible
Glomar Arctic I             1983      3,000 ft.   25,000 ft.   Gulf of Mexico   British Petroleum   expires 6/98
Glomar Arctic III           1984      1,800 ft.   25,000 ft.   North Sea        Amerada Hess        expires 6/97
Glomar Celtic Sea (2)       -         5,000 ft.   25,000 ft.   Shipyard         Elf Exploration     expires 9/00

Drillship
Glomar Robert F. Bauer      1983      2,750 ft.   25,000 ft.   West Africa      Mobil               expires 12/97
Glomar Explorer (3)         -         7,500 ft.   25,000 ft.   Shipyard         Chevron             expires 3/03

Concrete Island Drilling
   System
Glomar Beaufort Sea I (4)   -         55 ft.      25,000 ft.   Alaska           -                   inactive


(1) Expiration dates are the later of the end of the current contract or new contract in place but not yet commenced and are estimates only.
(2) The Glomar Celtic Sea is currently undergoing conversion to drilling operations. The maximum water depth and drilling depth capabilities indicated in the table are the rig's capabilities after conversion. The rig is excluded from the Company's rig utilization figures while out of service and is scheduled to be placed in service in the fourth quarter of 1997.
(3) The Glomar Explorer is currently undergoing conversion to drilling operations. The maximum water depth and drilling depth capabilities indicated in the table are the rig's capabilities after conversion. The rig is excluded from the Company's rig utilization figures while out of service and is scheduled to be placed in service in the first quarter of 1998.
(4) The Glomar Beaufort Sea I concrete island drilling system is inactive and has been excluded from the Company's rig utilization figures.

Jackup rigs have elevating legs which extend to the sea bottom, providing a stable platform for drilling, and are generally preferred in water depths of 300 feet or less. All of the Company's jackup units have rigs which are mounted on cantilevers, which allow the rigs to extend outward from their hulls over fixed drilling platforms and enable operators to drill both exploratory and development wells. The Company's two largest jackup rigs, the Glomar Labrador I and Glomar Baltic I, are capable of operating in severe weather environments such as the North Sea and Eastern Canada.

Semisubmersible rigs are floating offshore drilling units that have pontoons and columns that, when flooded with water, cause the unit to submerge to a predetermined depth. Most semisubmersibles are anchored to the sea bottom with mooring chains, but some are held in position solely by computer controlled propellers, known as thrusters. Semisubmersibles are divided into four generations, distinguished mainly by their age, environmental rating and water depth capability. The Company's Glomar Arctic I and Glomar Arctic III semisubmersibles are third-generation rigs, suitable for drilling in deep- water, harsh-weather environments. The Company's Glomar Celtic Sea will be equivalent to a fourth-generation semisubmersible after it is converted.

Drillships are suitable for deep-water drilling in moderate weather environments and in remote locations because of their mobility and large load carrying capability.

All 26 of the Company's active rigs are equipped with top-drive drilling systems. Top-drive drilling systems permit drilling with extended stands of drill pipe, reducing the number of connections required, and enable operators to rotate the drill pipe when exiting the well bore, thereby increasing both the speed and safety of drilling operations and reducing the risk of the drill pipe becoming stuck in the well bore.

With the exception of the Glomar Explorer, which is leased under a 30-year agreement, all of the rigs in the fleet are owned by the Company. Twenty-two of the Company-owned rigs are subject to mortgages granted to collateralize the Company's 12-3/4% Senior Secured Notes due 1999 (the "Senior Secured Notes"). The unencumbered rigs are the Glomar Baltic I, Glomar Adriatic IX, Glomar Adriatic X, Glomar Adriatic XI, Glomar Celtic Sea and Glomar Beaufort Sea I.

Rig Utilization. For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company's average utilization rate (1) for its active rigs was 98 percent compared to 99 percent for 1995. As of February 15, 1997, the Company's utilization rate for its active rigs was 100 percent. The Company anticipates that contracts on 14 of the Company's 26 rigs operating under contracts as of February 15, 1997, will expire at varying times on or prior to May 31, 1997. Short-term contracts have been typical in the industry for the past decade, and the Company considers its upcoming contract expirations typical of prevailing market conditions and consistent with the normal course of business. The Company's strategy has been to employ a number of its rigs on short-term contracts in periods of rising dayrates, enabling the Company to contract for higher dayrate contracts as rigs become available.


(1) The average rig utilization rate for a period is equal to the ratio of days in the period during which the rigs were under contract to the total days in the period during which the rigs were available to work, and it excludes the CIDS and the two rigs undergoing conversion to drilling operations.

As of December 31, 1996, all twelve of the Company's rigs in the Gulf of Mexico were employed. As of that date, the industry utilization rate (1) in the Gulf of Mexico was 83 percent compared with a rate of 80 percent as of December 31, 1995. Revenues attributable to the Gulf of Mexico accounted for 36 percent, 44 percent and 53 percent of the Company's contract drilling revenues in 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.

As of December 31, 1996, all eleven of the Company's rigs offshore West Africa were employed. As of that date, the industry utilization rate offshore West Africa was 98 percent compared with a rate of 81 percent as of December 31, 1995. Revenues from this market accounted for 35 percent, 21 percent and 15 percent of the Company's contract drilling revenues in 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.

As of December 31, 1996, all three of the Company's rigs in the North Sea were employed. As of that date, the industry utilization rate in the North Sea was 95 percent compared with a rate of 93 percent as of December 31, 1995. Revenues from this market accounted for 25 percent, 22 percent and 14 percent of the Company's contract drilling revenues in 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.

The following table sets forth the size and average utilization rates of the Company's active rig fleet for each of the past five years.

                                            1996   1995   1994   1993   1992
                                            ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
Rigs in service at year-end                  26     26     25     24     24
Average rig utilization                      98%    99%    94%    91%    81%

Backlog. The following tables show, for each of the Company's three principal groups of drilling rigs and each geographic area in which the Company operates, the number of contract months available and the number of contract months under firm commitments for 1997, 1998 and 1999, determined on the basis of executed contracts as of December 31, 1996, excluding customer option periods. "Rig Contract Months Available" includes one semisubmersible and one drillship, the Glomar Celtic Sea and Glomar Explorer, respectively, which have commitments to drill in the Gulf of Mexico but have not yet entered service, and is based on the dates each is expected to become available for drilling. The number of rigs in each category is indicated in parenthesis.

                               1997                         1998                         1999
                      ----------------------         ---------------------       ----------------------
                         Rig          Rig              Rig         Rig             Rig          Rig
                      Contract      Contract         Contract    Contract        Contract     Contract
                       Months        Months           Months      Months          Months       Months
                      Available    Committed         Available   Committed       Available    Committed
                      ---------    ---------         ---------   ---------       ---------    ---------
Jackups (23)             276          114               276         19              276            2
Semisubmersibles (3)      27           15                36         17               36           12
Drillships (2)            12           12                22         10               24           12
                         ---          ---               ---        ---              ---          ---
    Total                315          141               334         46              336           26
                         ===          ===               ===        ===              ===          ===

Percentage committed                   45%                          14%                            8%


(1) Industry utilization rates were derived from data published by Offshore Data Services and other information available to the Company. The Company has adjusted the numerator (rigs working) and denominator (rigs available) as reported by Offshore Data Services to include certain rigs which are under contract for non-drilling uses but which are able to compete with Company rigs and to exclude other rigs that, because of their location or other factors, do not compete with Company rigs.

                               1997                       1998                           1999
                      -----------------------    -------------------------       ----------------------
                        Rig           Rig           Rig            Rig             Rig          Rig
                      Contract      Contract      Contract       Contract        Contract     Contract
                       Months        Months        Months         Months          Months       Months
                      Available     Committed     Available      Committed       Available    Committed
                      ---------     ---------     ---------      ---------       ---------    ---------
Gulf of Mexico (14)      147            36           166             27             168           24
West Africa (11)         132           101           132             19             132            2
North Sea (3)             36             4            36              -              36            -
                         ---           ---           ---            ---             ---          ---
    Total                315           141           334             46             336           26
                         ===           ===           ===            ===             ===          ===

As of December 31, 1996, the Company's contract drilling backlog was approximately $705 million, $242 million of which is expected to be realized in 1997. The contract drilling backlog at December 31, 1995, was $130 million.

Drilling Contracts and Major Customers. Contracts to employ the Company's drilling rigs extend over a specified period of time or the time required to drill a specified well or number of wells. While the final contract for employment of a rig is the result of negotiations between the Company and the customer, most contracts are awarded based upon competitive bidding. The rates specified in drilling contracts are generally on a dayrate basis, payable in U.S. dollars, and vary depending upon the type of rig employed, equipment and services supplied, geographic location, term of the contract, competitive conditions, and other variables. Each contract provides for a basic dayrate during drilling operations, with lower rates or no payment for periods of equipment breakdown, adverse weather, or other conditions which may be beyond the control of the Company. When a rig mobilizes to or demobilizes from an operating area, a contract may provide for different dayrates, specified fixed amounts, or for no payment during the mobilization period. A contract may be terminated by the customer if the rig is destroyed or lost, if drilling operations are suspended for a specified period of time due to a breakdown of major equipment or, in some cases, if other events occur that are beyond the control of either party.

The Company's offshore contract drilling business is subject to the usual risks associated with having a limited number of customers for its services. In 1996 and 1994 no single customer provided more than 10 percent of consolidated revenues. In 1995 Shell Oil Company provided $51.2 million, or 11 percent, of consolidated revenues.

Drilling Management Services

The Company provides drilling management services on a turnkey basis through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Applied Drilling Technology Inc. ("ADTI") and Global Marine Integrated Services -International Inc. ("GMIS-I"), and through Global Marine Integrated Services - Europe ("GMIS-E"), which is a division of GMDC. ADTI operates primarily in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, and GMIS-I and GMIS-E operate in areas other than the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. For a guaranteed price, each will assume responsibility for the design and execution of specific offshore drilling programs and deliver a logged or loggable hole to an agreed depth. Compensation is contingent upon satisfactory completion of the drilling program.

As of December 31, 1996, ADTI had completed 312 turnkey wells since commencing operations in 1980, including 79 in 1996, 57 in 1995, and 50 in 1994. GMIS-E completed no turnkey wells in 1996, six wells in 1995 and two wells in 1994, its first year of operations. GMIS-I completed three turnkey wells in 1996 and four wells in 1995, its first year of operations.


In addition to providing drilling management services on a turnkey basis, GMIS-E and GMIS-I offer services as general contractors under arrangements variously described as "partnering," "full service contracting," and "integrated drilling services" arrangements, among others. When the Company acts as a general contractor, it provides planning, engineering and management services beyond the scope of its traditional contract drilling business, and thereby assumes greater liability. GMIS-E and GMIS-I provide such planning, engineering and management services, as well as turnkey drilling services, in areas other than the U.S. Gulf of Mexico.

As of December 31, 1996, the Company's drilling management services backlog was approximately $26 million, all of which is expected to be realized in 1997. As of December 31, 1995, the drilling management services backlog was approximately $25 million.

Oil and Gas Operations

Oil and gas exploration, development and production activities are conducted through Challenger Minerals Inc. ("CMI"), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Such activities primarily include participation in the development and operation of properties for oil and gas production. In addition, the Company incurs through ADTI and other subsidiaries certain limited exploration and leasehold acquisition costs in connection with its turnkey drilling operations. Substantially all of the Company's oil and gas activities are conducted in the United States offshore Louisiana and Texas and onshore in Oklahoma and Texas. Oil and gas operations currently account for less than five percent of the Company's business.

Competition and Business Environment

Offshore drilling is a highly competitive business with numerous industry participants, none of which has a significant market share. Drilling contracts are awarded on a competitive bid basis and, while an operator selecting a rig may consider, among other things, quality of service and equipment, price competition is the primary factor in determining which qualified contractor is awarded a job.

Offshore drilling is a highly cyclical business, impacted to a large degree by oil and gas price levels and volatility. Worldwide military, political and economic events have contributed to oil and gas price volatility and are likely to continue to do so in the future. Some other factors which affect oil and gas prices and, by extension, the level of demand for the Company's services, include demand for oil and gas worldwide, the ability of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries ("OPEC") to set and maintain production levels, the level of production by non-OPEC countries, domestic and foreign tax policy, and government laws and regulations which restrict exploration and development of oil and gas in various offshore jurisdictions.

ADTI, GMIS-I and GMIS-E compete with other participants in the drilling management services industry, some of which have greater resources. In addition, the Company's drilling management services business is subject to the usual risks associated with having a limited number of customers for its services.

Results of operations from the Company's drilling management services may be limited by certain factors, in particular, the ability of the Company to obtain and successfully perform turnkey drilling contracts based on competitive bids. The Company's ability to obtain turnkey drilling contracts is largely dependent on the number of such contracts available for bid. Accordingly, results of the Company's drilling management service operations may vary widely from quarter to quarter and from year to year. Furthermore, turnkey operations may be constrained by the availability of rigs. In the U.S. Gulf of


Mexico, ADTI relied on third-party rigs for all of its rig time in 1996. The Company currently has 15 third-party rigs under contract for its turnkey operations, with remaining terms ranging from six months to one year at market-adjusted dayrates. One of the contracts may be renewed at the option of the Company for an additional two years at below current-market rates. The future level of turnkey activity is dependent on the continued availability of third-party rigs. In the North Sea and West Africa, the market for turnkey drilling is not well established, and growth in these markets also may be constrained by future rig availability.

With respect to the Company's oil and gas operations, CMI experiences competition from other oil and gas companies in all phases of its operations. Many competing companies have substantially greater financial and other resources. The Company's oil and gas production operations and economics are affected by prices of oil and gas, governmental regulation, the use and allocation of oil and gas, the extent of domestic production, and the levels of imports and of prices of competitive fuels. They are also affected by excess supplies of oil and gas in the Company's market areas, as well as seasonal demand factors, tax and other laws relating to the petroleum industry and changes in such laws, and by constantly changing administrative regulations.

Operational Risks and Insurance

The Company's operations are subject to the usual hazards incident to the drilling of oil and gas wells, such as blowouts, explosions, oil spills and fires, which can severely damage or destroy equipment or cause environmental damage. The Company's activities are also subject to perils peculiar to marine operations, such as collision, grounding, and damage or loss from severe weather. These hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage, and suspension of operations.

The Company maintains insurance coverage against certain general and marine public liability, including liability for personal injury, in the amount of $200 million, subject to a self-insured retention of no more than $250,000 per occurrence. In addition, the Company's rigs and related equipment are separately insured under hull and machinery policies against certain marine and other perils, subject to a self-insured retention generally of no more than $300,000 per occurrence. The Company's current practice is to insure each active rig for its market value. Although each rig is insured for at least its financial book value, the Company's insurance does not cover all costs that would be required to replace each rig. In addition to hull and machinery coverage, the Company purchases rig business interruption insurance with respect to its operating rigs. Business interruption coverage applies only to business interruptions as a result of losses insured under hull and machinery policies, and is not available to the Company for interruptions arising from damages to "spud cans," i.e., the bases of legs of jackup rigs. The deductible for business interruption claims is 30 days. Although the Company currently purchases rig business interruption insurance with respect to all of its operating rigs, the decision to insure a rig against interruption risks is dependent on a number of factors, including dayrate and utilization levels, and no assurance can be made that the Company will continue to insure any or all of its operating rigs against such risks. All of the Company's rigs which are operated internationally are presently insured against loss due to war, including terrorism.

The Company is permitted under the terms of the rig mortgages securing the Senior Secured Notes to change the limits on its general and marine public liability insurance to $150 million, and to be subject, with respect to such liability insurance and its marine hull and machinery insurance, to self-insured retention amounts of up to $1 million per occurrence. The indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes also


contains certain restrictions regarding the use of insurance proceeds received by the Company due to the loss of any Company-owned rig other than the Glomar Baltic I, Glomar Adriatic IX, Glomar Adriatic X, Glomar Adriatic XI, Glomar Celtic Sea and Glomar Beaufort Sea I. In addition, subject to the terms of the indenture, the Company's credit facility with a bank group contains certain restrictions regarding the use of insurance proceeds received by the Company due to the loss of any Company-owned or leased rig.

Although the general and marine public liability policies cover liability for pollution under most circumstances, they do not cover liability for bringing a well under control following a blowout. In the case of turnkey drilling operations, the Company maintains insurance covering the cost of controlling the well, including any environmental damage resulting therefrom, the cost of cleanup, and the cost of redrilling ("well control liabilities") in an amount not less than $20 million per occurrence subject to a self-insured retention of $200,000 per occurrence. Under turnkey drilling contracts, the Company generally assumes the risk of the cost of well control, but on occasion the Company receives indemnification from the customer for such risk in excess of the $20 million insurance coverage. In many instances, however, the Company is not indemnified by its customers for well-control liabilities. Furthermore, the Company is not insured against certain drilling risks, such as stuck drill stem and loss of in-hole equipment not arising from an insured peril, that could result in delays or nonperformance of a turnkey drilling contract. In connection with the Company's offshore contract drilling operations, the Company is generally indemnified for any cost of well control by its customers. In any event, however, the Company maintains insurance against such liabilities in the amount of $50 million per occurrence subject to a self- insured retention of $200,000 per occurrence.

The occurrence of a significant event, including pollution or environmental damage, not fully insured or indemnified against or the failure of a customer to meet its indemnification obligations, could materially and adversely affect the Company's operations and financial condition. Moreover, no assurance can be made that the Company will be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates it considers reasonable. See "-- Governmental Regulations and Environmental Matters."

Foreign Operations

A significant portion of the Company's revenues is attributable to drilling operations in foreign countries. Such activities accounted for 40 percent, 41 percent and 29 percent of the Company's consolidated revenues in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Risks associated with the Company's operations in foreign areas include risks of war and civil disturbances or other risks that may limit or disrupt markets, expropriation, nationalization, renegotiation or nullification of existing contracts, foreign exchange restrictions and currency fluctuations, foreign taxation, changing political conditions and foreign and domestic monetary policies. To date, the Company has experienced no material loss as a result of any of these factors. Additionally, the ability of the Company to compete in the international drilling market may be adversely affected by foreign governmental regulations favoring or requiring the awarding of drilling contracts to local contractors, or by regulations requiring foreign contractors to employ citizens of, or purchase supplies from, a particular jurisdiction. Furthermore, foreign governmental regulations, which may in the future become applicable to the oil and gas industry, could reduce demand for the Company's services, or such regulations could directly affect the Company's ability to compete for customers.

Governmental Regulations and Environmental Matters

The Company's business is affected by changes in public policy and by federal, state, foreign and local laws and regulations relating to the energy industry. The adoption of laws and regulations curtailing


exploration and development drilling for oil and gas for economic, environmental and other policy reasons adversely affects the Company's operations by limiting available drilling and other opportunities in the energy service industry.

The Company's operations are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations controlling the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. For example, the Company, as an operator of mobile offshore drilling units in navigable U.S. waters and certain offshore areas, including the Outer Continental Shelf, is liable for damages and for the cost of removing oil spills for which it may be held responsible, subject to certain limitations. The Company's operations may involve the use or handling of materials that may be classified as environmentally hazardous substances. Laws and regulations protecting the environment have generally become more stringent, and may in certain circumstances impose "strict liability," rendering a person liable for environmental damage without regard to negligence or fault. The Company does not believe that environmental regulations have had any material adverse effect on its capital expenditures, results of operations or competitive position to date, and does not presently anticipate that any material expenditures will be required to enable it to comply with existing laws and regulations. It is possible, however, that modification of existing regulations or the adoption of new regulations in the future, particularly with respect to environmental and safety standards, could have such a material adverse effect on the Company's operations.

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 ("OPA '90") and similar legislation enacted in Texas, Louisiana and other coastal states address oil spill prevention and control and significantly expand liability exposure across all spectrums of the oil and gas industry. The Company is of the opinion that it maintains sufficient insurance coverage to respond to the added exposures.

OPA '90 also mandated increases in the amounts of financial responsibility that must be certified with respect to mobile offshore drilling units and offshore facilities (e.g. oil and gas production platforms, among others) located in U.S. waters. Operators of mobile offshore drilling units, together with operators of vessels, must provide evidence of financial responsibility based on a tonnage formula, which, in the Company's case, would not exceed $15 million for its largest rig located in U.S. waters. The Company has complied with the requirement by providing evidence of adequate U.S.-based net worth. The Company's inability to comply with the rule in the future, however, could have a material adverse effect on its operations and financial condition. During 1996, 36 percent of the Company's contract drilling revenues were attributable to operations in U.S. waters, and, as of February 26, 1997, 12 of the Company's 26 active rigs were located in U.S. waters.

Until recently OPA '90 would have required lessees, permittees, or holders of a right of use for offshore facilities (including mobile offshore drilling rigs while attached to the ocean floor) to certify evidence of financial responsibility in the amount of $150 million. There was concern that this requirement could adversely affect oil and gas operations in U.S. waters. In October 1996, President Clinton signed into law amendments to OPA '90 that reduce this financial responsibility requirement to $35 million for offshore facilities located seaward of the state waters and $10 million for offshore facilities within state waters. These amounts may be increased in the future based on operational, health and other risks posed by the quantity and quality of oil being handled. The Department of the Interior's Minerals Management Service is responsible for promulgating regulations implementing the new financial responsibility requirements with respect to offshore facilities. CMI presently operates an offshore production platform, and ADTI's business and GMDC's operations in the Gulf of Mexico are largely dependent on oil and gas companies' drilling activities, which, in turn, ultimately depend on their ability to meet the OPA '90


financial responsibility requirements. The Company cannot predict the exact nature or effect of any regulations promulgated to implement the revised responsibility requirements, but notes that these lower limits in part correspond to existing requirements for facilities on the Outer Continental Shelf.

Employees

The Company had approximately 2,100 employees at December 31, 1996. The Company requires highly skilled personnel to operate its drilling rigs. In recognition of this, the Company conducts extensive personnel training and safety programs.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The name, age as of December 31, 1996, and office or offices currently held by each of the executive officers of the Company are as follows:

Name                     Age  Office or Offices
----                     ---  -----------------

David A. Herasimchuk     54   Vice President, Market Development
Thomas R. Johnson        48   Vice President and Corporate Controller
Gary L. Kott             54   President and Chief Operating Officer of
                              Global Marine Drilling Co.
C. Russell Luigs         63   Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
                              Executive Officer
Jon A. Marshall          45   Group Vice President of the Company, and
                              President of Challenger Minerals Inc.
Jerry C. Martin          64   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
                              Officer
James L. McCulloch       44   Vice President and General Counsel
John G. Ryan             44   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Global
                              Marine Drilling Co., and Corporate Secretary
                              of the Company

Officers serve for a one-year term or until their successors are elected and qualified to serve. Each executive officer's principal occupation has been as an executive officer of the Company for more than the past five years, with the exception of Messrs. Marshall and McCulloch. Mr. Marshall has served as the Company's Group Vice President since February 1995, prior to which he had been President of Applied Drilling Technology Inc. and Challenger Minerals Inc. since April 1992. From 1990 to April 1992, he was Applied Drilling Technology's Vice President of Operations, prior to which he held various operating positions with Applied Drilling Technology Inc. and with Global Marine Drilling Company. Mr. McCulloch has served in his present position since May 1993 and has had general supervision of the Company's legal affairs since February 1993, prior to which he was the Company's Vice President, Litigation and Risk Management.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Not applicable.


ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

There were no matters submitted to a vote of the Company's security holders during the fourth quarter of 1996.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The Company's Common Stock, $0.10 par value per share, is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "GLM." At January 31, 1997, there were 7,506 stockholders of record of the Common Stock. The high and low sales prices of the Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions Tape for each full quarterly period within the past two years appear under "Consolidated Selected Quarterly Financial Data," which follows the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

The Company has not declared any dividends on its common stock since 1985. Subject to the preferential dividend rights of holders of the Company's preferred stock, if any, the holders of the Common Stock will be entitled to receive when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor, all other dividends payable in cash, in property, or in shares of Common Stock. The indenture governing the Company's Senior Secured Notes, as well as the Company's credit facility with a bank group, contain certain restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends on the Common Stock (other than stock dividends). (See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.) It is unlikely that dividends will be declared or paid on the Common Stock during the next one to two years. The Company expects, however, that it will reconsider the declaration and payment of dividends after that time.


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

GLOBAL MARINE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
FIVE-YEAR REVIEW
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

                                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1996         1995            1994         1993           1992
                                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Performance
Revenues:
  Contract drilling                                      $ 362.5      $ 248.9        $ 211.4       $ 200.3        $ 214.1
  Drilling management services                             305.3        209.3          137.8          57.1           26.9
  Oil and gas                                               12.9          9.8            9.8          11.6           19.3
                                                         -------      -------        -------       -------        -------
     Total revenues                                      $ 680.7      $ 468.0        $ 359.0       $ 269.0        $ 260.3
                                                         =======      =======        =======       =======        =======

Operating income:
  Contract drilling                                      $ 125.4      $  54.6        $  25.6       $   4.5        $  17.3
  Drilling management services (1)                          27.9         17.3           10.8           7.6           (2.2)
  Oil and gas                                                6.8          3.4            3.7           5.3            3.2
  Corporate expenses                                       (19.3)       (15.0)         (14.0)        (14.2)         (13.5)
                                                         -------      -------        -------       -------        -------
    Total operating income                                 140.8         60.3           26.1           3.2            4.8
                                                         -------      -------        -------       -------        -------

Other income (expense):
  Interest expense                                         (30.9)       (30.2)         (30.2)        (32.1)         (43.6)
  Interest capitalized                                       2.6          5.6            3.7             -              -
  Interest income                                            6.2          4.7            3.8           2.7            2.8
  Gain on sale of offshore drilling rigs                       -         14.7              -             -           10.9
  Litigation settlement                                        -            -              -             -           55.0
  Other                                                      1.0            -            2.0             -            0.7
                                                         -------      -------        -------       -------        -------
     Total other income (expense)                          (21.1)        (5.2)         (20.7)        (29.4)          25.8
                                                         -------      -------        -------       -------        -------

     Income (loss) before income taxes                     119.7         55.1            5.4         (26.2)          30.6

Provision for income taxes:
  Current tax provision                                      9.6          3.2            0.6           0.3            3.1
  Deferred tax benefit                                     (70.0)           -              -             -              -
                                                         -------      -------        -------       -------        -------
     Total income tax provision (benefit)                  (60.4)         3.2            0.6           0.3            3.1
                                                         -------      -------        -------       -------        -------

Income (loss) before extraordinary item and
     cumulative effect of accounting changes               180.1         51.9            4.8         (26.5)          27.5
  Extraordinary gain on extinguishment of debt                 -            -              -             -           28.3
  Cumulative effect of accounting changes, net                 -            -           (3.5)            -            1.4
                                                         -------      -------        -------       -------        -------
     Net income (loss)                                   $ 180.1      $  51.9        $   1.3       $ (26.5)       $  57.2
                                                         =======      =======        =======       =======        =======

Primary net income (loss) per common share:
  Before extraordinary item and cumulative
     effect of accounting changes                        $  1.06      $  0.31        $  0.03       $ (0.17)       $  0.24
  Extraordinary gain on extinguishment of debt                 -            -              -             -           0.24
  Cumulative effect of accounting changes, net                 -            -          (0.02)            -           0.01
                                                         -------      -------        -------       -------        -------
     Primary net income (loss) per common share          $  1.06      $  0.31        $  0.01       $ (0.17)       $  0.49
                                                         =======      =======        =======       =======        =======

Average common and common equivalent shares                169.5        165.1          163.8         152.0          116.3
Dividends declared per common share (2)                  $     -      $     -        $     -       $     -        $     -
Capital expenditures                                     $ 118.3      $  73.5        $  75.9       $  40.6        $  20.9

Financial Position (end of year)
Working capital                                          $ 158.9      $ 116.2        $  93.4       $ 107.2        $  30.7
Net properties                                           $ 477.4      $ 386.6        $ 353.4       $ 314.6        $ 318.0
Total assets                                             $ 807.8      $ 563.0        $ 512.4       $ 492.9        $ 479.9
Long-term debt, including capital lease obligation       $ 241.8      $ 225.0        $ 225.0       $ 225.0        $ 249.0
Shareholders' equity                                     $ 459.1      $ 269.0        $ 212.3       $ 205.4        $ 154.5

Operational Data
Average rig utilization (3) (4)                               98%          99%            94%           91%            81%
Fleet average dayrate (5)                                $38,000      $28,700        $25,600       $25,600        $27,600
Number of active rigs (end of year) (4)                       26           26             27            24             24
Turnkey wells completed                                       82           67             52            18             10
Number of employees (end of year)                          2,100        2,100          1,700         1,500          1,500


(1) Excludes profits earned on turnkey wells drilled on oil and gas properties in which the Company has working interests.
(2) The indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes and the Company's credit facility contain certain restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends on the Common Stock (other than stock dividends). See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) The average rig utilization rate for a period is equal to the ratio of days in the period during which the rigs were under contract to the total days in the period during which the rigs were available to work.
(4) Excludes the Glomar Beaufort Sea I concrete island drilling system, a currently inactive, special-purpose mobile offshore rig designed for arctic operations, and the Glomar Explorer and Glomar Celtic Sea, which are being converted to drilling rigs.
(5) Contract drilling revenues less non-rig related revenues divided by the aggregate contract days, adjusted to exclude days under contract at zero dayrate.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Operating Results

Summary

Operating income increased by $80.5 million to $140.8 million in 1996 from $60.3 million in 1995. The improvement in operating results was primarily due to increased contract drilling dayrates, the full-year effect of three rigs which the Company placed into service in 1995, and an increase in the number of turnkey drilling contracts completed.

In 1995 operating income increased by $34.2 million to $60.3 million from $26.1 million in 1994. The improvement in operating results was primarily due to generally higher contract drilling dayrates and utilization, lower depreciation expense due to a change in estimated rig service lives, the three rigs placed into service in 1995, and an increase in the number of turnkey wells completed.

Data relating to the Company's operations by business segment follows:

                                            Increase/                     Increase/
                                  1996      (Decrease)         1995       (Decrease)        1994
                                  ----      ----------         ----       ----------        ----
                                                       (Dollars in millions)
Revenues:
 Contract drilling               $368.2         42%           $258.4          20%          $215.4
 Drilling management              306.3         44%            212.8          49%           142.8
 Oil and gas                       12.9         32%              9.8           -              9.8
 Less: Intersegment revenues       (6.7)       (48%)           (13.0)         44%            (9.0)
                                 ------                       ------                       ------
                                 $680.7         45%           $468.0          30%          $359.0
                                 ======                       ======                       ======

Operating income:
 Contract drilling               $125.4        130%           $ 54.6          113%         $ 25.6
 Drilling management               27.9         61%             17.3          60%            10.8
 Oil and gas                        6.8        100%              3.4          (8%)            3.7
 Corporate expenses               (19.3)        29%            (15.0)          7%           (14.0)
                                 ------                       ------                       ------
                                 $140.8        133%           $ 60.3          131%         $ 26.1
                                 ======                       ======                       ======

The Company reported net income of $180.1 million for 1996 as compared with net income of $51.9 million for 1995 and $1.3 million for 1994. Net income for 1996 included a $70.0 million noncash credit to deferred income taxes in order to recognize a portion of the future tax benefit of net operating loss carryforwards. Net income for 1995 included a $14.7 million gain on the sale of the offshore drilling rig, Glomar Main Pass III. Net income for 1994 included a $3.5 million charge for the cumulative effect of a required change in accounting for postemployment benefits. Excluding these unusual items, net income for 1996, 1995 and 1994 was $110.1 million, $37.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

During 1996 industry dayrates and utilization continued to increase in all markets in which the Company operates. In July the Company entered into a 30-year lease of the ship, Glomar Explorer, in connection with the Company's commitment to two major oil companies to drill in deep water in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico under a five-year contract scheduled to begin in the first quarter of 1998. In October the Company completed the purchase of a dynamically-positioned semisubmersible, the Polycastle, which has


been renamed the Glomar Celtic Sea and which is scheduled to begin drilling for a customer in deep water in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico in the fourth quarter of 1997 under a three-year contract.

Contract Drilling Operations

Data with respect to the Company's contract drilling operations follows:

                                                    Increase/                Increase/
                                           1996     (Decrease)     1995      (Decrease)      1994
                                           ----     ----------     ----      ----------      ----
                                           (Dollars in millions, except for fleet average dayrate)
Contract drilling revenues by area: (1)
   Gulf of Mexico                         $133.7       18%        $112.9        (1%)        $113.7
   West Africa                             130.4      136%          55.3        74%           31.8
   North Sea                                90.0       62%          55.6        91%           29.1
   Other                                    14.1      (59%)         34.6       (15%)          40.8
                                          ------                  ------                    ------
                                          $368.2       42%        $258.4        20%         $215.4
                                          ======                  ======                    ======

Average rig utilization (2)                   98%                     99%                       94%
Fleet average dayrate                    $38,000                 $28,700                   $25,600


(1) Includes revenues earned from affiliates.
(2) Excludes the Glomar Beaufort Sea I concrete island drilling system, a currently inactive, special-purpose mobile offshore rig designed for arctic operations, and the Glomar Explorer and Glomar Celtic Sea, which are being converted to drilling rigs.

Of the $109.8 million increase in contract drilling revenues for 1996 compared to 1995, $79.2 million was attributable to increases in dayrates, $31.1 million was attributable to the full-year effect of the Glomar Adriatic IX, Glomar Adriatic X and Glomar Adriatic XI, which were placed into service in 1995, and $1.9 million was attributable to an increase in non-dayrate revenue. Such increases were partially offset by decreases of $1.2 million attributable to lower rig utilization and $1.2 million due to the 1995 sale of the Glomar Main Pass III. The Glomar Adriatic IX and Glomar Adriatic X were purchased in early 1994 and commenced operations offshore West Africa in May and November 1995, respectively; the Glomar Adriatic XI was purchased in late 1994 and commenced operations in the North Sea in October 1995. Other factors which have affected the Company's 1996 revenues from certain geographical areas as compared with 1995 include the mobilization to West Africa of one jackup from the U.S. Gulf of Mexico in February, one from Abu Dhabi in May, one from Trinidad in June, and one drillship from a shipyard in South Africa in July. The drillship, the Glomar Robert F. Bauer, was in a South African shipyard in June and July for a scheduled hull inspection and top-drive installation. Prior to that time, the rig had operated in Australia and the Middle East.

Of the $43.0 million increase in contract drilling revenues for 1995 compared to 1994, $26.4 million was attributable to increases in dayrates, $14.2 million was attributable to increases in rig utilization, and $2.4 million was attributable to an increase in non-dayrate revenue.

Effective January 1, 1995, the Company increased to 25 years the estimated useful lives of its jackup drilling rigs and increased to 20 years the estimated useful lives of its semisubmersible drilling rigs and drillship. In addition, salvage values were reduced to $500,000 per rig for jackups and $1,000,000 per rig for both semisubmersibles and the drillship. The effect of the change in estimated service lives and salvage values was to decrease 1995 depreciation expense by approximately $11.2 million. Depreciation expense for contract drilling operations totaled $36.3 million for 1996, $27.4


million for 1995, and $34.9 million for 1994. The increase in depreciation expense from 1995 to 1996 was due primarily to the commencement of operations of the Glomar Adriatic IX, Glomar Adriatic X and Glomar Adriatic XI.

The Company's operating profit margin for contract drilling operations increased to 34 percent in 1996 from 21 percent in 1995 and 12 percent in 1994. The increases in operating profit margins were due to higher dayrates in 1996 and 1995 compared to the preceding years and to the decrease in depreciation expense in 1995 compared to 1994, as noted above. Operating expenses other than depreciation increased to $206.5 million in 1996 from $176.4 million in 1995 and $154.9 million in 1994. The increases in operating expenses were due primarily to the 1995 commencement of operations of the Glomar Adriatic IX, Glomar Adriatic X and Glomar Adriatic XI.
Additional increases in operating costs were attributable to (i) the commencement of a drilling contract in West Africa in June 1996 for a rig which was operated by a third-party in 1995 and 1994 under a management contract with the Company, (ii) a higher payout in 1996 and 1995 with respect to two of three rigs under a net revenue-sharing arrangement with Transocean Drilling AS,
(iii) the March 1995 commencement of a drilling contract in Nigeria for a rig which was mobilized from Alaska where it had been on standby for a customer in 1994, (iv) the September 1994 commencement of a drilling contract in Angola for a rig which was previously leased to an operator in Saudi Arabia under a bareboat charter agreement, and (v) higher utilization in 1995 of three North Sea rigs which were idle for a significant part of 1994.

Industry demand for contract drilling services in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico has risen steadily since the second quarter of 1995 primarily due to improved seismic and drilling technologies, which have lowered the finding costs of oil and gas, and to higher natural gas prices. For the full year, average demand in the Gulf increased to 149 rigs under contract (84 percent utilization) in 1996 from 134 rigs (76 percent utilization) in 1995 and 131 rigs (75 percent utilization) in 1994. The Company averaged 100 percent utilization for its rigs in the Gulf of Mexico for 1996 and 1995 and 99 percent for 1994. In December 1996 the Company mobilized a semisubmersible rig, the Glomar Arctic I, from the North Sea to the Gulf of Mexico. The rig began drilling for a customer under a 16-month contract in February 1997 after undergoing modifications. The cost of the mobilization was substantially reimbursed by the customer. As of February 15, 1997, all twelve of the Company's rigs in the Gulf of Mexico were under contract. The Company intends to mobilize a jackup rig, the Glomar Adriatic VII, from the Gulf of Mexico to offshore Trinidad in May 1997. The rig is scheduled to begin drilling for a customer in May under a 15-month contract. The cost of both the mobilization and demobilization will be reimbursed by the customer.

For the full year, average demand offshore West Africa increased to 41 rigs under contract (92 percent utilization) in 1996 from 31 rigs (83 percent utilization) in 1995 and 24 rigs (75 percent utilization) in 1994. The Company's average utilization rate for its rigs located offshore West Africa was 100 percent for 1996, 95 percent for 1995, and 98 percent for 1994. As of February 15, 1997, all eleven of the Company's rigs located offshore West Africa were under contract. The Company intends to mobilize a jackup rig, the Glomar Adriatic IV, from West Africa to offshore California in May 1997. The rig is scheduled to begin operating for a customer in June 1997 under a 12-month contract. The cost of both the mobilization and demobilization will be reimbursed by the customer.

In the U.K. sector of the North Sea, promising oil discoveries west of the Shetland Islands, lower tax rates and higher oil prices, among other factors, have resulted in higher North Sea dayrates and utilization, particularly for semisubmersible rigs, in 1996 and 1995, compared to the preceding years.


For the full year, average demand in the North Sea increased to 80 rigs under contract (93 percent utilization) in 1996 from 71 rigs (90 percent utilization) in 1995 and 64 rigs (76 percent utilization) in 1994. The Company averaged 97 percent utilization for its drilling rigs in the North Sea for 1996, 100 percent for 1995 and 68 percent for 1994. As of February 15, 1997, all three of the Company's rigs in the North Sea were under contract. The Company intends to mobilize a jackup rig, the Glomar Labrador I, from the North Sea to offshore Argentina in June 1997. The rig is scheduled to begin drilling for a customer in July 1997 under a 12-month contract. The cost of both the mobilization and demobilization will be reimbursed by the customer.

The Company anticipates that contracts on 14 of the Company's 26 rigs operating under contracts as of February 15, 1997, will expire at varying times on or prior to May 31, 1997. Short-term contracts have been typical in the industry for the past decade, and the Company considers its upcoming contract expirations typical of prevailing market conditions and consistent with the normal course of business. The Company's strategy has been to employ a number of its rigs on short-term contracts in periods of rising dayrates, enabling the Company to contract for higher dayrate contracts as rigs become available.

As drilling activity has accelerated over the past year, the Company has found it more difficult to find, hire and retain the skilled workers required for its contract drilling operations, and it has experienced moderate increases in certain labor costs. Furthermore, approximately 250 qualified personnel will be required within the next year to man the Company's two deep-water rigs undergoing conversion. The Company has hired some of the required personnel, and management believes it will be able to fill the remaining positions from both within and outside the Company.

Although a substantial majority of the Company's employees are not unionized, the Company is required to use union employees when it operates in some foreign countries. In January 1997 the Company experienced a brief work stoppage by a few union employees in Nigeria, which has been resolved. There is no guarantee that the Company will not experience other work stoppages in Nigeria or elsewhere in the future. Work stoppages to date have not had a material impact on the Company's results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. The Company currently has two rigs in Nigeria, which accounted for approximately five percent of operating income from contract drilling operations in 1996.

Drilling Management Services

Revenues for drilling management services increased by $93.5 million to $306.3 million in 1996 from $212.8 million in 1995, and operating income increased by $10.6 million to $27.9 million from $17.3 million in 1995. The $93.5 million increase in revenues consisted of $47.1 million attributable to an increase in the number of turnkey wells completed, from 67 in 1995 to 82 in 1996, $23.4 million attributable to daywork and other revenues, and $23.0 million attributable to higher average turnkey revenues per well.

In 1995 drilling management services reported a $70.0 million increase in revenues to $212.8 million from $142.8 million in 1994, and a $6.5 million increase in operating income to $17.3 million from $10.8 million in 1994. The $70.0 million increase in revenues for the year consisted of (i) a $41.9 million increase attributable to an increase in the number of turnkey wells completed, from 52 in 1994 to 67 in 1995, (ii) a $12.3 million increase attributable to higher average turnkey revenues per well, (iii) $13.9 million from the completion work on a multi-well North Sea turnkey project in 1995, and
(iv) a $1.9 million increase in other drilling management revenues. Average turnkey revenues per well were


higher because a higher percentage of the wells completed in 1995 were directional and/or deep, high-pressured wells as compared with those completed in 1994.

The increases in the number of turnkey wells completed in 1996 and 1995 compared to the preceding years were attributable in part to more competitive pricing and oil and gas operators' increased reliance on turnkey contractors to supplement internal drilling staffs.

Operating income for drilling management services expressed as a percentage of drilling management revenues increased to 9 percent for 1996 as compared with 8 percent for each of 1995 and 1994. Eleven turnkey wells in 1996 incurred losses aggregating $12.1 million, compared to losses aggregating $5.7 million on four wells in 1995, and losses aggregating $5.4 million on seven wells in 1994.

Results of operations from the Company's drilling management services may be limited by certain factors, in particular, the ability of the Company to obtain and successfully perform turnkey drilling contracts based on competitive bids. The Company's ability to obtain turnkey drilling contracts is largely dependent on the number of such contracts available for bid. Accordingly, results of the Company's drilling management service operations may vary widely from quarter to quarter and from year to year. Furthermore, turnkey operations may be constrained by the availability of rigs. In the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, ADTI relied on third-party rigs for all of its rig time in 1996. The Company currently has 15 third-party rigs under contract for its turnkey operations, with remaining terms ranging from six months to one year at market-adjusted dayrates. One of the contracts may be renewed at the option of the Company for an additional two years at below current-market rates. The future level of turnkey activity in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico is dependent on the continued availability of third-party rigs. In the North Sea and West Africa, the market for turnkey drilling is not well established, and growth in these markets also may be constrained by future rig availability.

Oil and Gas Operations

Oil and gas revenues in the amount of $12.9 million for 1996 were higher than the $9.8 million of revenues reported for 1995 due to higher oil and gas prices and higher volumes of oil produced. Operating income of $6.8 million for 1996 was higher than the $3.4 million of operating income reported for 1995 due to the higher revenues discussed above, offset in part by higher depletion expense in 1996 as compared to 1995.

Despite higher oil and natural gas production and higher oil prices in 1995 compared to 1994, revenues from oil and gas were unchanged at $9.8 million for each of 1995 and 1994 due to a decline in the average price received for gas. The increase in oil and gas production in 1995 was due to production from new properties, partially offset by normal production declines. Operating income of $3.4 million for 1995 was slightly lower than for 1994 due principally to higher depletion expense.

Other Income and Expense

General and administrative expenses increased to $18.3 million in 1996 from $14.4 million in 1995 and $13.4 million in 1994. Most of the increase in 1996 was attributable to costs of a stock-based employee compensation plan, which costs are based in part on changes in the market price of the Company's common stock.


Interest expense was $30.9 million for 1996 compared to $30.2 million for each of 1995 and 1994. The increase in 1996 was due to interest expensed on the capital lease for the Glomar Explorer.

The Company capitalized $2.6 million of interest expense in 1996, $5.6 million in 1995, and $3.7 million in 1994. The amount of interest capitalized is dependent on the number of rigs subject to refurbishments or other construction work and the level of construction costs. The Glomar Adriatic IX and Glomar Adriatic X underwent refurbishment during part of 1994 and 1995 after their purchase in early 1994, and the Glomar Adriatic XI was converted to drilling operations from an accommodations support unit in 1995 after its acquisition in late 1994. The Glomar Explorer and the Glomar Celtic Sea began undergoing conversion to drilling operations from other uses after the Company acquired them in mid-1996.

Interest income increased to $6.2 million in 1996 from $4.7 million in 1995 and $3.8 million in 1994 primarily due to higher short-term investment balances.

The Company recognized a gain of $1.1 million on the sale of two oil and gas properties in 1996 and a gain of $14.7 million on the sale of an offshore drilling rig, the Glomar Main Pass III, in 1995. Other income for 1994 consisted of $1.4 million in dividend income and a $0.6 million gain on the sale of marketable equity securities.

Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," the Company is required to recognize tax assets on its balance sheet if it is "more likely than not" that they will be realized on future tax returns. Although the Company has had net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards since 1984, the lack of an earnings history and the lack of significant revenue backlog, among other factors, led the Company to conclude in years prior to 1996 that the realization of the tax benefits of the NOL carryforwards did not pass the "more likely than not" test. The Company made a determination in the fourth quarter of 1996, however, that it was more likely than not that a material amount of these benefits would be realized in the foreseeable future. This determination was based on the Company's use of NOL carryforwards in 1995 and 1996, the amount of its backlog, and improved fundamentals in the offshore drilling industry. Accordingly, the Company recorded a reduction to deferred income tax expense in the amount of $70.0 million with a corresponding increase in the net future income tax benefit, which is classified as a noncurrent asset.

At December 31, 1996, the Company had $1.1 billion in NOL carryforwards for tax purposes expiring in various amounts between 2001 and 2009, and the amount of the unrecognized future tax benefits related to the NOL carryforwards would, if fully recognized, approximate $299 million. The Company will reevaluate its ability to utilize its NOL carryforwards in future periods and, in compliance with SFAS No. 109, record any resulting adjustments, which may be material, to deferred income tax expense. In addition, the Company will charge to deferred income tax expense the benefits of NOL carryforwards actually used in future quarters. The future impact on net income may therefore be positive or negative, depending on the net result of such adjustments and charges.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

During the three-year period ended December 31, 1996, the Company entered into a number of strategic transactions. In 1994 the Company received $30.8 million in cash from the sale of marketable securities received in connection with a 1992 settlement of natural gas take-or-pay litigation. The Company used the $30.8 million sale proceeds, plus available cash, to pay the $39.8 million cash purchase price of three offshore drilling rigs acquired in 1994. In 1994 and 1995 the Company spent an additional $56 million to refurbish and upgrade the three rigs purchased in 1994. In 1995 the Company sold a jackup rig for $22.4 million in cash and recognized a gain of $14.7 million.

In June 1996 the Company entered into an agreement to purchase a dynamically- positioned semisubmersible, the Polycastle, for $55 million in cash after receiving a three-year, $160 million commitment from a major oil company to drill in deep waters of the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. The purchase was completed in October. The Company plans to spend approximately $130 million to convert the rig, which was renamed the Glomar Celtic Sea, into a fourth-generation semisubmersible capable of drilling in water depths of up to 5,000 feet. The Glomar Celtic Sea is scheduled to commence drilling in the Gulf of Mexico in the fourth quarter of 1997.

In August 1996 the Company announced that it had received a five-year, $262 million commitment from two major oil companies to drill in deep waters of the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. To fulfill its commitment, the Company entered into a 30-year lease with the U.S. government for use of the Glomar Explorer, a dynamically-positioned ship that the Company designed and operated for the U.S. government from 1973 to 1975. The Company plans to spend approximately $175 million to convert the Glomar Explorer into a deep-water drillship capable of operating in water depths of up to 7,500. The Glomar Explorer is scheduled to commence drilling in the Gulf of Mexico during the first quarter of 1998.

The Company intends to finance its investments in the Glomar Celtic Sea and Glomar Explorer with internally generated funds.

In 1996 cash flow provided by operating activities amounted to $139.2 million. An additional $25.9 million was provided from maturities of marketable securities (net of purchases), $9.2 million was provided from the exercise of employee stock options, and $3.7 million was provided from sales of properties and equipment. From the $178.0 million sum of cash inflows, $118.3 million was used for capital expenditures. In 1995 cash flow provided by operating activities amounted to $75.0 million. An additional $23.9 million was provided from sales of properties and equipment, primarily the sale of the Glomar Main Pass III. From the $98.9 million sum of cash flow from operations and proceeds from sales of properties and equipment, plus available cash, $73.5 million was used for capital expenditures, and $28.8 million was used for purchases of marketable securities (net of maturities). In 1994 cash flow provided by operating activities totaled $61.3 million, including $17.9 million in proceeds from the liquidation of a promissory note received in connection with the 1992 settlement of the Company's take-or-pay litigation.

As of December 31, 1996, the Company had long-term debt of $225.0 million, a long-term capital lease obligation in the amount of $16.6 million, and shareholders' equity of $459.1 million. Long-term debt in the amount of $225.0 million consisted of 12-3/4% Senior Secured Notes due 1999


(the "Senior Secured Notes"). The annual interest on the Senior Secured Notes is $28.7 million, payable semiannually each June and December.

The Senior Secured Notes do not require any payments of principal prior to their stated maturity in December 1999, but the Company is required to make offers to purchase Senior Secured Notes upon the occurrence of certain events defined in the indenture, such as asset sales, or a change of control, or if the annual cash flow ("Excess Cash Flow") of the Company exceeds certain specified levels. On February 3, 1997, the Company made an offer to purchase, at a price of 100 percent of principal, $55.3 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes from Excess Cash Flow for 1996. As of February 3, the quoted market price of the Senior Secured Notes was 107 percent of principal, which exceeded the price at which the Company was required to make its purchase offer. Therefore, the amount of Senior Secured Notes the Company will be required to purchase, if any, is not expected to be material. The portion of the $55.3 million of cash that is not used to purchase Senior Secured Notes will become unrestricted and available to the Company for general purposes upon termination of the Company's purchase offer in March 1997.

The Senior Secured Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Company prior to December 15, 1997. On or after December 15, 1997, the Senior Secured Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a price of 102 percent of principal if redeemed during the twelve months beginning December 15, 1997, or at a price of 100 percent of principal if redeemed on or after December 15, 1998, in each case together with interest accrued to the redemption date. The Company presently expects that, absent unforeseen circumstances, it will retire the Senior Secured Notes as early as December 1997 using the Company's available cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, and the proceeds of debt financings. If the Senior Secured Notes are retired in December 1997, the Company would record an extraordinary loss of approximately $6.8 million in the fourth quarter of 1997.

The indenture under which the Senior Secured Notes are issued imposes significant operating and financial restrictions on the Company and requires that a first lien in favor of the trustee be maintained, for the benefit of the holders of Senior Secured Notes, on a significant portion of the Company's material assets. Such restrictions affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, among other things, the ability of the Company to incur additional indebtedness, make capital expenditures, create liens, sell assets, engage in mergers or acquisitions, and make dividends or other payments. In addition, the Company's credit facility, as described below, limits or prohibits, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the incurrence of additional liens, consolidations, mergers, sales of assets, the payment of dividends, and the making of certain investments. The restrictive covenants contained in and liens provided for under the indenture and the limitations imposed by the credit facility could significantly limit the ability of the Company to respond to changing business or economic conditions or to respond to substantial declines in operating results.

Capital expenditures for 1997 are estimated to be $294 million, including $131 million for improvements to the Glomar Explorer, $113 million for improvements to the Glomar Celtic Sea, $27 million for improvements to the remainder of the drilling fleet, $21 million for capitalized interest, and $2 million for other expenditures.

As of December 31, 1996, the Company had $120.4 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, including $58.2 million restricted from use for general corporate purposes. The restricted amount included (i) $55.3 million in Excess Cash Flow for 1996, which will become


unrestricted only after and to the extent not used to purchase Senior Secured Notes in the Senior Secured Notes purchase offer in the first quarter of 1997, (ii) $2.2 million in proceeds from asset sales, and (iii) $0.7 million collateralizing outstanding operating letters of credit. As of December 31, 1995, the Company had $86.6 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities.

In February 1997 the Company terminated a collateralized $25 million revolving credit and letter of credit facility, which was to have expired in December 1998 and under which it had no borrowings, and it entered into a new two-year unsecured facility with a group of major international banks under which the Company may borrow up to $100 million with a $25 million sublimit for trade and standby letters of credit. Each borrowing under the new credit facility would accrue interest at one of several market-based interest rates. The unused portion of the credit facility is subject to an annual commitment fee of one-quarter of one percent.

The Company believes that it will be able to meet all of its current obligations, including capital expenditures and debt service, from its cash flow from operations and its cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities.

As part of upgrading and expanding its rig fleet and other assets, the Company considers and pursues the acquisition of suitable additional rigs and other assets on an ongoing basis. If the Company decides to undertake an acquisition, the issuance of additional shares of stock or additional debt could be required.

In April 1995 the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-3 for the proposed offering from time to time of (i) debt securities, which may be subordinated to other indebtedness of the Company, (ii) shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, and/or (iii) shares of common stock, $0.10 par value per share, for an aggregate initial public offering price not to exceed $75 million. Any net proceeds from the sale of offered securities would be used for general corporate purposes which may include, but are not limited to, capital expenditures and the financing of acquisitions. The registration statement was declared effective by the Commission in June 1995. The Company has not offered for sale or sold any securities under the registration statement.


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Global Marine Inc.

We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of Global Marine Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Global Marine Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.


Houston, Texas
February 7, 1997


GLOBAL MARINE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(In millions, except per share data)

                                                  Year Ended December 31,
                                                 -------------------------
                                                  1996      1995     1994
                                                 ------    ------   ------
Revenues:
  Contract drilling                              $362.5    $248.9   $211.4
  Drilling management                             305.3     209.3    137.8
  Oil and gas                                      12.9       9.8      9.8
                                                 ------    ------   ------
     Total revenues                               680.7     468.0    359.0

Expenses:
  Contract drilling                               200.8     166.9    150.9
  Drilling management                             277.3     192.0    127.0
  Oil and gas                                       2.6       3.4      4.2
  Depreciation, depletion and amortization         40.9      31.0     37.4
  General and administrative                       18.3      14.4     13.4
                                                 ------    ------   ------
                                                  539.9     407.7    332.9
                                                 ------    ------   ------
     Operating income                             140.8      60.3     26.1

Other income (expense):
  Interest expense                                (30.9)    (30.2)   (30.2)
  Interest capitalized                              2.6       5.6      3.7
  Interest income                                   6.2       4.7      3.8
  Gain on sale of offshore drilling rig               -      14.7        -
  Other                                             1.0         -      2.0
                                                 ------    ------   ------
     Total other income (expense)                 (21.1)     (5.2)   (20.7)
                                                 ------    ------   ------
     Income before income taxes                   119.7      55.1      5.4

Provision (benefit) for income taxes:
  Current tax provision                             9.6       3.2       .6
  Deferred tax benefit                            (70.0)        -        -
                                                 ------    ------   ------
     Total provision (benefit) for
      income taxes (Note 8)                       (60.4)      3.2       .6
                                                 ------    ------   ------

Income before cumulative effect
  of change in accounting principle               180.1      51.9      4.8
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting
      for postemployment benefits (Note 1)            -         -     (3.5)
                                                 ------    ------   ------
     Net income                                  $180.1    $ 51.9   $  1.3
                                                 ======    ======   ======


Primary net income per common share (Note 7):
  Before cumulative effect of change in
    accounting principle                         $ 1.06    $ 0.31    $ 0.03
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting
     for postemployment benefits (Note 1)             -         -     (0.02)
                                                 ------    ------    ------
     Primary net income per common share         $ 1.06    $ 0.31    $ 0.01
                                                 ======    ======    ======

Fully diluted net income per common and common
  equivalent share (Note 7):
  Before cumulative effect of change in
    accounting principle                         $ 1.03    $ 0.30    $ 0.03
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting
     for postemployment benefits (Note 1)             -         -     (0.02)
                                                 ------    ------    ------
     Fully diluted net income per common
        and common equivalent share              $ 1.03    $ 0.30    $ 0.01
                                                 ======    ======    ======

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


GLOBAL MARINE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(Dollars in millions)

ASSETS

                                                              December 31,
                                                           -------------------
                                                            1996         1995
                                                           ------       ------
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents (Note 2)                       $ 92.9       $ 33.2
  Marketable securities (Note 2)                             27.5         53.4
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
     accounts of $1.3 in 1996 and $1.1 in 1995              104.4         70.2
  Costs incurred on turnkey drilling contracts in progress   10.8          8.4
  Prepaid expenses                                            8.0          2.2
  Other current assets                                        2.9           .9
                                                           ------       ------

       Total current assets                                 246.5        168.3

Properties and equipment (Note 3):
   Rigs and drilling equipment, less accumulated
     depreciation of $224.4 in 1996 and $189.0 in 1995       471.9       377.9
   Oil and gas properties, full cost method, less accumulated
     depreciation, depletion and amortization of $31.1 in 1996
       and $26.4 in 1995                                       5.5         8.7
                                                            ------      ------

       Net properties and equipment                          477.4       386.6

Future income tax benefits, net (Note 8)                      70.0           -
Other assets                                                  13.9         8.1
                                                            ------      ------

       Total assets                                         $807.8      $563.0
                                                            ======      ======

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


GLOBAL MARINE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(Dollars in millions)

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                                December 31,
                                                             -----------------
                                                              1996       1995
                                                             ------     ------
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                           $ 53.5     $ 33.9
  Accrued compensation and related employee costs              19.0       10.8
  Accrued income taxes                                          4.4        2.4
  Other accrued liabilities                                    10.7        5.0
                                                             ------     ------

       Total current liabilities                               87.6       52.1

Long-term debt (Note 3)                                       225.0      225.0
Capital lease obligation (Note 4)                              16.6          -
Other long-term liabilities                                    19.5       16.9
Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)                            -          -

Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10 million shares
     authorized, no shares issued or outstanding                  -          -
  Common stock, $0.10 par value, 300 million shares
     authorized, 169,440,569 shares and 166,458,083 shares
     issued and outstanding at December 31, 1996
     and 1995, respectively (Note 3)                           16.9       16.6
  Additional paid-in capital                                  274.5      264.8
  Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)                     167.7      (12.4)
                                                             ------     ------

       Total shareholders' equity                             459.1      269.0
                                                             ------     ------

       Total liabilities and shareholders' equity            $807.8     $563.0
                                                             ======     ======

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


GLOBAL MARINE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)

                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                                        -------------------------
                                                         1996      1995     1994
                                                        ------    ------   ------
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                             $180.1    $ 51.9   $  1.3
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
   cash provided by operating activities:
     Deferred tax benefit                                 (70.0)        -        -
     Depreciation, depletion and amortization              40.9      31.0     37.4
     Gains on sales of properties and equipment            (1.1)    (14.7)       -
     Cumulative effect of change in accounting
        principle                                             -         -      3.5
     Increase in accounts receivable                      (37.2)     (7.1)    (5.2)
     Decrease in note receivable                              -         -     17.9
     (Increase) decrease in costs incurred on turnkey
        drilling contracts in progress                     (2.4)     10.1    (17.0)
     (Increase) decrease in other current assets           (7.8)      7.2     (1.9)
     Increase (decrease) in accounts payable               19.6      (5.6)    19.6
     Increase in accrued liabilities                       19.0       3.0      1.2
     Other, net                                            (1.9)      (.8)     4.5
                                                         ------    ------   ------

   Net cash flow provided by operating activities         139.2      75.0     61.3

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Capital expenditures                                   (118.3)    (73.5)   (75.9)
  Purchases of held-to-maturity securities                (75.3)   (124.3)   (64.7)
  Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity securities 101.2      95.5     60.2
  Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities        -         -     15.6
  Proceeds from sales of properties and equipment           3.7      23.9      2.6
  Other                                                       -         -      2.1
                                                         ------    ------   ------
     Net cash flow used in investing activities           (88.7)    (78.4)   (60.1)

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options          9.2       3.3        .9
                                                         ------    ------    ------

   Net cash flow provided by financing activities           9.2       3.3        .9
                                                         ------    ------    ------

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents           59.7       (.1)      2.1

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year             33.2      33.3      31.2
                                                         ------    ------    ------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                 $ 92.9    $ 33.2    $ 33.3
                                                         ======    ======    ======

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


GLOBAL MARINE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(Dollars in millions)

                                                                                          Retained
                                                                        Additional        Earnings
                                                  Common Stock            Paid-in       (Accumulated
                                              Shares        Par Value     Capital          Deficit)         Total
                                            -----------     ---------     -------       ------------       -------

Balance, December 31, 1993                  162,832,799        $16.3       $254.7          $(65.6)         $205.4
       Net income                                     -            -            -             1.3             1.3
       Common stock issued in
         connection with the acquisition
         of two offshore drilling rigs          750,000           .1          2.9               -             3.0
       Exercise of employee stock options       484,500            -           .9               -              .9
       Common stock issued under
         other employee benefit plans           340,886            -          1.7               -             1.7
                                            -----------       ------       ------          ------          ------

Balance, December 31, 1994                  164,408,185         16.4        260.2           (64.3)          212.3
       Net income                                     -            -            -            51.9            51.9
       Exercise of employee stock options     1,615,299           .2          3.1               -             3.3
       Common stock issued under
         other employee benefit plans           434,599            -          1.5               -             1.5
                                            -----------       ------       ------          ------          ------

Balance, December 31, 1995                  166,458,083         16.6        264.8           (12.4)          269.0
       Net income                                     -            -            -           180.1           180.1
       Exercise of employee stock options     2,963,567           .3          8.9               -             9.2
       Common stock issued under
         other employee benefit plans            18,919            -           .2               -              .2
       Income tax benefit from
         stock option exercises                       -            -           .6               -              .6
                                            -----------        -----       ------          ------          ------

Balance, December 31, 1996                  169,440,569        $16.9       $274.5          $167.7          $459.1
                                            ===========        =====       ======          ======          ======

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Global Marine Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiaries. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term "Company" refers to Global Marine Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of all highly liquid debt instruments with remaining maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase.

Properties and Depreciation

Rigs and Drilling Equipment. The costs of rigs and drilling equipment were written down in 1988 to their estimated fair market values as of December 31, 1988. Included in the costs of rigs and drilling equipment is an allocation of interest incurred during periods that rigs are under construction or refurbishment. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Costs of property sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts; resulting gains or losses are included in income.

Effective January 1, 1995, the Company increased to 25 years the estimated useful lives of its jackups and increased to 20 years the estimated useful lives of its semisubmersibles and drillship. In addition, salvage values were reduced to $500,000 per rig for jackups and $1,000,000 per rig for semisubmersibles and the drillship. The effect of the change in estimated service lives and salvage values was to decrease 1995 depreciation expense by approximately $11.2 million.

Oil and Gas Properties. The Company capitalizes all costs attributable to the acquisition, exploration and development of oil and gas reserves under the full cost method of accounting. Depletion expense is computed using the units-of- production method. The depletable base (the "full cost pool") consists of capitalized costs, estimated future costs to develop proved reserves, and estimated future dismantlement costs, and is reduced by profits earned on the Company's turnkey drilling contracts for wells drilled on properties in which the Company has working interests. In addition, the full cost pool is reduced by proceeds from sales of oil and gas properties, unless the sale involves a significant quantity of reserves in relation to total reserves, in which case a gain or loss would be recognized. The costs of unproved properties and major development projects are not subject to depletion until they are fully evaluated. All unproved properties are reviewed at least annually to ascertain if impairment has occurred. Capitalized costs in the full cost pool that exceed the present value of estimated future net revenues from proved reserves are charged to income in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission guidelines.


Revenue Recognition

Contract drilling services are performed generally on a dayrate basis under individual contracts to employ the Company's rigs. Such contracts extend over a specified period of time or the time required to drill a specified well or number of wells. Revenues from contract drilling services and the related expenses are recognized on a per-day basis as the work progresses. Revenues from turnkey drilling contracts, which are classified under drilling management revenues, are derived from the design and execution of specific offshore drilling programs, each at a fixed price to the oil and gas operator. Revenues from each turnkey drilling contract and the related expenses are recognized upon completion of the contract.

Foreign Currency Translation

The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for all of the Company's operations. Realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in income.

The Company may be exposed to the risk of foreign currency exchange losses in connection with its foreign operations. Such losses are the result of holding net monetary assets (cash and receivables in excess of payables) denominated in foreign currencies during periods of a strengthening U.S. dollar. The Company's foreign exchange gains and losses, which are primarily attributable to the British pound, have not been and are not expected to be material. This is because the Company's revenues are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, revenues in each foreign currency are approximately equal to the Company's local expenses in that currency, and the Company does not speculate in foreign currencies or maintain significant foreign currency cash balances.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

In October 1995 the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," which sets forth accounting and disclosure requirements for stock option and other stock-based compensation plans. The new statement encourages, but does not require, companies to record stock-based compensation expense using a fair-value method, rather than the intrinsic-value method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25. The Company has adopted only the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 and has elected to continue to record stock-based compensation expense using the intrinsic-value approach prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25. Accordingly, the Company computes compensation cost for each employee stock option granted as the amount by which the quoted market price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant exceeds the amount the employee must pay to acquire the stock. The amount of compensation cost, if any, is charged to income over the vesting period. With respect to performance-based stock awards, under which the number of shares issued is dependent on the attainment of certain long-term performance goals, the amount of compensation expense is adjusted based on changes in the quoted market price of the stock during the period from the date of grant to the end of the performance period. (See Note 6.)


Postemployment Benefits

Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits." SFAS No. 112 requires the recognition of expense for postemployment benefits on an accrual basis rather than the cash basis used previously. Postemployment benefits include severance pay, disability- related benefits and certain health care benefits during the period after termination of employment but before retirement. The cumulative effect of the change as of January 1, 1994, was a charge to 1994 earnings in the amount of $3.5 million ($0.02 per share). Other than the cumulative effect, the effect of the change on earnings was not material.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Note 2 - Investments

At December 31, 1996 and 1995, all of the Company's investments in cash equivalents and marketable securities consisted of debt securities which were classified as held-to-maturity and were carried at amortized cost. A summary of the estimated fair values of investments as of December 31 follows:

                                              1996          1995
                                             ------        ------
                                                 (In millions)
Cash equivalents:
   Commercial paper                          $ 86.3        $ 21.8
   Eurodollar time deposits                    12.1           9.4
                                             ------        ------
                                             $ 98.4        $ 31.2
                                             ======        ======

Marketable securities:
   Commercial paper                          $ 20.6        $ 42.5
   Eurodollar time deposits                     6.6          10.6
   Certificates of deposit                       .2            .1
   U.S. Treasury obligations                     .1            .2
                                             ------        ------
                                             $ 27.5        $ 53.4
                                             ======        ======

The estimated fair values of investments approximated their amortized cost; therefore, there were no unrealized gains or losses as of December 31, 1996 or 1995.


The estimated fair values of investments as of December 31 grouped by contractual maturities were as follows:

                                                     1996           1995
                                                    ------         ------
                                                         (In millions)
Within three months or less                          $ 98.4        $ 31.2
After three months through one year                    27.5          53.3
After one year                                            -            .1
                                                     ------        ------
                                                     $125.9        $ 84.6
                                                     ======        ======

As of December 31, 1996, $58.2 million of the Company's cash and short-term investments was restricted from general use. The restricted amount is comprised of (i) $55.3 million in Excess Cash Flow for 1996, which will become unrestricted only after and to the extent not used in the offering to purchase Senior Secured Notes in the first quarter of 1997 (see Note 3), (ii) $2.2 million in proceeds from asset sales, and (iii) $0.7 million collateralizing outstanding operating letters of credit.

Note 3 - Long-term Debt

Long-term debt as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, consisted of 12-3/4% Senior Secured Notes due 1999 (the "Senior Secured Notes") in the aggregate principal amount of $225.0 million, due December 15, 1999. Interest on the Senior Secured Notes is payable semiannually each June and December. The Senior Secured Notes do not require any payments of principal prior to their stated maturity on December 15, 1999, but the Company is required to make offers to purchase Senior Secured Notes upon the occurrence of certain events defined in the indenture, such as asset sales, or a change of control, or if the annual cash flow of the Company exceeds certain specified levels. On February 3, 1997, the Company made an offer to purchase, at a price of 100 percent of principal, $55.3 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes from Excess Cash Flow for 1996. As of February 3, the quoted market price of the Senior Secured Notes was 107 percent of principal, which exceeded the price at which the Company was required to make its purchase offer. Therefore, the amount of Senior Secured Notes the Company will be required to purchase, if any, is not expected to be material. The portion of the $55.3 million of cash that is not used to purchase Senior Secured Notes will become unrestricted and available to the Company for general purposes upon termination of the Company's purchase offer in March 1997.

The Senior Secured Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Company prior to December 15, 1997. On or after December 15, 1997, the Senior Secured Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a price of 102 percent of principal if redeemed during the twelve months beginning December 15, 1997, or at a price of 100 percent of principal if redeemed on or after December 15, 1998, in each case together with interest accrued to the redemption date. The Company presently expects that, absent unforeseen circumstances, it will retire the Senior Secured Notes as early as December 1997 using the Company's available cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, and the proceeds of debt financings. If the Senior Secured Notes are retired in December 1997, the Company would record an extraordinary loss of approximately $6.8 million in the fourth quarter of 1997.


The Senior Secured Notes are collateralized by 22 rigs and all of the capital stock of most of the Company's direct and indirect subsidiaries.

In February 1997 the Company terminated a collateralized $25 million revolving credit and letter of credit facility, which was to have expired in December 1998 and under which it had no borrowings, and it entered into a new two-year unsecured facility with a group of major international banks under which the Company may borrow up to $100 million with a $25 million sublimit for trade and standby letters of credit. Each borrowing under the new credit facility would accrue interest at one of several market-based interest rates. The unused portion of the credit facility is subject to an annual commitment fee of one-quarter of one percent.

The indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes and the credit facility contain certain restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends on the common stock (other than stock dividends). Specifically, the indenture restricts the payment of dividends based on (i) availability of funds under a formula based on previously unapplied cumulative net income since September 30, 1992 plus certain stock sale proceeds after December 23, 1992 and (ii) satisfaction of the then-applicable minimum interest coverage ratio for debt incurrence. Cumulative net income for purposes of the test excludes gains or losses on asset sales and certain other nonrecurring charges or credits specified in the indenture. The credit facility restricts the payment of dividends until the Senior Secured Notes are paid in full and certain excess cash flow requirements are met. Thereafter, dividends are restricted to an amount based on a consolidated net income formula. It is unlikely that dividends will be declared or paid on the Company's common stock during the next one to two years. The Company expects, however, that it will reconsider the declaration and payment of dividends after that time.

Note 4 - Commitments and Contingencies

In July 1996 the Company entered into a 30-year lease with the U.S. government for use of the Glomar Explorer, a dynamically-positioned ship that the Company designed and operated for the U.S. government from 1973 to 1975. The lease of the Glomar Explorer was recorded as a capital lease. Accordingly, the Company recorded an asset, which is included in rigs and drilling equipment, and a long-term liability in the amount of the present value of the future rental payments which amounted to $16.0 million at inception of the lease. At December 31, 1996, the total capitalized cost of the lease including leasehold improvements amounted to $21.9 million. The Company has recorded no amortization of the asset to date. Amortization will begin when the drillship is placed in service and will continue for the remainder of the 30-year lease term. Payments due under the lease are payable annually in arrears.

The Company has numerous noncancelable operating leases for office facilities and equipment, with expiration dates ranging from one to five years. Some of the operating leases may be renewed at the Company's option, and some are subject to rent revisions based on the Consumer Price Index or increases in building operating costs. Rent expense for 1996, 1995, and 1994 was $4.1 million, $4.9 million, and $6.9 million, respectively.


Future minimum rental payments for the Company's lease obligations as of December 31, 1996, were as follows:

                                                     Capital     Operating
                                                      Lease        Leases
                                                     -------     ---------
                                                          (In millions)

Year ending December 31:
  1997                                                  $ 0.2       $  2.6
  1998                                                    0.2          2.5
  1999                                                    1.8          2.4
  2000                                                    1.8          2.3
  2001                                                    1.8           .7
  Later years                                            44.1            -
                                                        -----        -----
Total future minimum rental payments                     49.9        $10.5
                                                                     =====
Less amount representing imputed interest                33.1
                                                        -----
Present value of future minimum rental
  payments under capital lease                           16.8
Less current portion included in accrued liabilities       .2
                                                        -----
Long-term capital lease obligation                      $16.6
                                                        =====

The Company is involved in various lawsuits resulting from personal injury and property damage. The Company has accrued for its share of the costs of settlement of these claims, which costs generally consist of the insurance deductible amounts. In the opinion of management, resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Note 5 - Financial Instruments

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The market for the Company's services and products is the offshore oil and gas industry, and the Company's customers consist primarily of major integrated international oil companies and independent oil and gas producers. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require material collateral. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses, and such losses have been within management's expectations.

The Company had cash deposits concentrated primarily in five major banks at December 31, 1996, as compared with four banks at December 31, 1995. In addition, the Company had certificates of deposit, commercial paper and Eurodollar time deposits with a variety of companies and financial institutions with strong credit ratings. As a result of the foregoing, the Company believes that credit risk in such instruments is minimal.


Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair value of the Company's $225.0 million carrying value of the Senior Secured Notes approximated $241.8 million and $248.0 million as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Fair values of the Senior Secured Notes were based on quoted market prices. The fair values of the Company's cash equivalents, marketable securities, trade receivables and trade payables approximated their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments (see Note 2).

Note 6 - Stock-Based Compensation Plans

The Company has three stock-based compensation plans, more fully described below, under which options to purchase a fixed number of shares of the Company's common stock ("stock options") have been granted to individuals at then-current market prices and, under one of the plans, at below-market prices. In addition, under one of the plans the Company has offered for sale to key employees at below-market prices a variable number of shares of common stock, the exact number being dependent on the Company's attainment of certain long-term performance goals ("performance-based stock awards"). As discussed in Note 1 under "Stock-Based Compensation Plans," the Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plans under APB Opinion No. 25. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for those stock options with exercise prices equal to the market price of the stock on the date of grant. The amount of compensation cost charged against income for the Company's performance-based stock awards was $5.9 million in 1996 and $0.5 million in 1995. There were no charges against income in 1994 for performance-based awards. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plans been determined based on fair values at the grant dates consistent with the method set forth in SFAS No. 123, the Company's net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:


                                                          1996        1995
                                                         ------      ------
                                                       (In millions, except
                                                         per share amounts)

Net income:                         As reported          $180.1       $51.9
                                    Pro forma            $178.4       $50.1

Primary earnings per share:         As reported          $ 1.06       $0.31
                                    Pro forma            $ 1.05       $0.30

Fully diluted earnings per share:   As reported          $ 1.03       $0.30
                                    Pro forma            $ 1.02       $0.29

The pro forma figures above are not likely to be representative of future pro forma amounts because compensation costs were allocated over a maximum four-year vesting period, the above pro forma amounts exclude costs of grants before 1995, and additional awards in future years are anticipated.

The estimated fair values of stock options and performance-based stock awards on the grant dates were computed using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the following assumptions:

                                                    1996           1995
                                                   ------         ------
Expected price volatility range                  41% to 43%     43% to 45%
Risk-free interest rate range                   5.5% to 6.8%    5.7% to 7.4%
Expected dividends                                   none            none
Expected life of fixed stock options               5 years         5 years
Expected life of performance-based stock awards    3 years         3 years

Description of Plans

The Company has three stock-based compensation plans, the Global Marine Inc. 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "Employee Plan"), the Global Marine Inc. 1994 Non-Employee Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "Non-Employee Plan"), and the Global Marine Inc. 1990 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the "Director Plan"). Under the Employee Plan incentive and non-qualified options to purchase shares of common stock may be granted to key employees; under the Non-Employee Plan non-qualified options may be granted to certain non-employees; and under both plans shares of common stock may be sold at prices below the market price at the time of the sale. Under the Director Plan, non-qualified options to purchase shares of common stock are automatically granted each year to outside directors of the Company. One half of each option grant under the Director Plan becomes exercisable one year after the grant date with the remainder exercisable after two years. With respect to stock options under the Employee Plan and Non-Employee Plan, one half of each grant before December 31, 1995 became exercisable beginning one year after the date of grant, with the remainder exercisable after two years. Each grant after December 31, 1995 under the Employee Plan and Non- Employee Plan becomes exercisable in increments of 25 percent each year beginning one year after the grant date. Options under all plans expire ten years after the grant date and become exercisable in full


if more than 50 percent of the Company's outstanding common stock is acquired by a person or a single group of persons.

Stock Options

A summary of the status of stock options granted under all plans is presented below:

                                              Number
                                            Of Shares        Weighted-Average
                                           Under Option       Exercise Price
                                           ------------       --------------
Outstanding, December 31, 1993               8,362,700              $2.92
   Granted                                   1,761,900              $4.19
   Exercised                                  (484,500)             $2.01
   Canceled                                   (414,900)             $4.93
                                            -----------

Outstanding, December 31, 1994               9,225,200              $3.12
   Granted                                   2,236,500              $4.01
   Exercised                                (1,615,299)             $2.03
   Canceled                                    (11,000)             $3.86
                                            -----------

Outstanding, December 31, 1995               9,835,401              $3.50
   Granted                                   1,317,500             $11.33
   Exercised                                (2,963,567)             $3.13
   Canceled                                    (96,500)             $6.01
                                            -----------

Outstanding, December 31, 1996               8,092,834              $4.88
                                            ===========

Exercisable, December 31,
   1994                                      6,586,550              $2.83
   1995                                      6,753,201              $3.24
   1996                                      5,887,559              $3.59

All stock options granted in 1995 had exercise prices equal to the market price of the Company's common stock on the day of grant and had a weighted- average fair value of $1.97 per share on the grant date. In 1996, 42,000 stock options were granted with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.81, which was less than the market price of the stock on the date of grant, and a weighted-average fair value of $11.01. All other stock options granted in 1996 had exercise prices equal to the market price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant and had a weighted-average fair value of $5.21 per share.


The following table summarizes information about all stock options outstanding at December 31, 1996:

                               Options Outstanding                          Options Exercisable
                   ----------------------------------------------      -----------------------------
                                     Weighted-
  Range of            Number          Average          Weighted-         Number         Weighted-
  Exercise         Outstanding       Remaining          Average        Exercisable       Average
   Prices          at 12/31/96    Contractual Life  Exercise Price     at 12/31/96    Exercise Price
- --------------     -----------    ----------------  --------------     -----------    --------------
$0.56 to $2.75      1,202,691         3.9 years           $ 1.29        1,202,691         $ 1.29
$3.00 to $5.63      5,515,143         6.3 years           $ 4.12        4,647,118         $ 4.16
$6.69 to $10.25     1,098,500         9.1 years           $ 9.07           37,750         $ 6.69
$14.56 to $20.31      276,500         9.8 years           $19.19                -              -
                    ---------                                           ---------
                    8,092,834                                           5,887,559
                    =========                                           =========

Performance-Based Stock Awards

Under the Employee Plan, the Company has offered to sell shares of Company stock to certain key employees at a price of $0.10 per share, the exact number of shares that each employee will be allowed to purchase being dependent on Company performance over three-year periods as measured against performance goals with respect to cash flow, earnings per share, and stock price. Such offers were made in 1996 for up to 131,250 shares depending on performance during the period 1996 through 1998, in 1995 for up to 262,500 shares depending on performance during the period 1995 through 1997, and in 1994 for up to 200,000 shares depending on performance during the period 1994 through 1996. At December 31, 1996, all performance goals for the shares offered in 1994 had been exceeded, and all 200,000 shares offered in 1994 were issued in February 1997, with 58,902 shares being withheld by the Company in payment of the required withholding taxes. Shares offered in 1995 and 1996 will be issued in 1998 and 1999, respectively, subject, however, to the attainment of the performance goals. Stock offered in 1996 and 1995 had weighted-average fair values of $9.23 and $3.54 per share, respectively, as of the date of the grant. At December 31, 1996, the total number of performance-based shares subject to conditional sale amounted to 593,750, including the 200,000 shares issued in February 1997.

Note 7 - Net Income per Common Share

Primary and fully diluted net income per common share were computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and, if their effect was material, common share equivalents, which primarily consisted of employee stock options.

Primary net income per common share was based on 169,495,394 shares for 1996, 165,142,881 shares for 1995, and 163,828,711 shares for 1994. Primary shares for 1995 and 1994 excluded common share equivalents because their effect was immaterial.

Fully diluted net income per common and common equivalent share was based on 175,137,942 shares for 1996, 172,540,316 shares for 1995, and 166,996,378 shares for 1994.


Note 8 - Income Taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

                                                  1996      1995       1994
                                                 ------    ------     ------
                                                        (In millions)
Current - Foreign                                $  7.0     $ 2.3      $ .9
        - U.S. federal                              2.4        .9       (.3)
        - State                                      .2         -         -
                                                 ------     -----      ----
                                                    9.6       3.2        .6
Deferred - U.S. federal                           (70.0)        -         -
                                                 ------     -----      ----
    Provision (benefit) for income taxes         $(60.4)    $ 3.2      $ .6
                                                 ======     =====      ====

A reconciliation of the differences between income taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35 percent and the Company's reported provision (benefit) for income taxes follows:

                                                      1996        1995         1994
                                                     -----       -----        ------
                                                          (Dollars in millions)
Income tax expense at statutory rate                 $ 41.9      $ 19.3       $  1.9
Decrease in the valuation allowance                   (70.0)          -            -
Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards       (34.7)      (12.9)           -
Deductions not recognized for financial net income     (7.0)       (7.8)        (1.9)
Foreign tax provision                                   7.0         2.3           .9
Alternative minimum tax                                 2.4          .9            -
State tax provision                                      .2           -            -
Other, net                                              (.2)        1.4          (.3)
                                                     ------      ------       ------
   Provision (benefit) for income taxes              $(60.4)     $  3.2       $   .6
                                                     ======      ======       ======

   Effective tax rate                                 (50.5)% (1)   5.8%        11.1%
                                                     ======      ======       ======

- --------------------
(1) Excluding the decrease in the valuation allowance, the effective tax rate
    would have been 8.0%.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in recognition of the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. The significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 were as follows:


                                                                 1996      1995
                                                                ------    ------
                                                                  (In millions)
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating and capital loss carryforwards                  $368.5    $ 402.6
  Investment and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards     25.4       28.7
  Accrued expenses not currently deductible                       10.5        7.9
  Other                                                            2.0          -
                                                                ------     ------
                                                                 406.4      439.2
    Less:  Valuation allowance                                  (279.3)    (381.8)
                                                                ------     ------
      Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance            127.1       57.4
                                                                ------     ------

Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation and depletion for tax in excess of book expense    32.5       28.0
  Tax benefit transfers                                           19.6       22.1
  Income recognized for book in excess of tax                      4.0        6.3
  Other                                                            1.0        1.0
                                                                ------     ------
    Total deferred tax liabilities                                57.1       57.4
                                                                ------     ------

    Net future income tax benefit recognized in consolidated
      balance sheet                                             $ 70.0     $    -
                                                                ======     ======

Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," the Company is required to record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets on its balance sheet unless the Company can determine that it is "more likely than not" that they will be realized on future tax returns. Although the Company has had net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards since 1984, the lack of an earnings history and the lack of significant revenue backlog, among other factors, led the Company to conclude in years prior to 1996 that the realization of the tax benefits of the NOL carryforwards did not pass the "more likely than not" test. The Company made a determination in the fourth quarter of 1996, however, that it was more likely than not that a material amount of these benefits would be realized in the foreseeable future. This determination was based on the Company's use of NOL carryforwards in 1995 and 1996, the amount of its backlog, and improved fundamentals in the offshore drilling industry. Accordingly, the Company reduced the valuation allowance by $70.0 million in the fourth quarter of 1996 and reduced income tax expense by the same amount.

At December 31, 1996, the Company had $1,052.9 million in NOL carryforwards for tax purposes expiring in various amounts between 2001 and 2009, and the amount of the unrecognized future tax benefits related to the NOL carryforwards would, if fully recognized, approximate $299 million. The Company will reevaluate its ability to utilize its NOL carryforwards in future periods and, in compliance with SFAS No. 109, record any resulting adjustments in the valuation allowance, which adjustments may be material, to deferred income tax expense. In addition, the Company will charge to deferred income tax expense the benefits of NOL carryforwards actually used in future quarters. The future impact on net income may therefore be positive or negative, depending on the net result of such adjustments and charges.


In addition to NOL carryforwards, the Company had $3.0 million in non-expiring alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards and $22.4 million in investment tax credit ("ITC") carryforwards at December 31, 1996. The NOL and ITC carryforwards expire as follows:

                                                   NOL           ITC
                                                  -----         -----
                                                     (In millions)
Year ending December 31:
    1997                                                        $ 5.3
    1998                                                          8.7
    1999                                                          8.1
    2000                                                          0.3
    2001                                        $   12.5            -
    2002                                            31.3            -
    2003                                            24.3            -
    2004                                           424.1            -
    2005                                           418.9            -
    2006                                            66.2            -
    2007                                            21.5            -
    2008                                            35.8            -
    2009                                            18.3            -
                                                --------        -----
                                                $1,052.9        $22.4
                                                ========        =====

The Company's NOL and ITC carryforwards are subject to review and potential disallowance by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") upon audit of the Company's federal income tax returns. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, may impair the future availability of the NOL and ITC carryforwards if there is a change in ownership of more than 50 percent of the Company's common stock. This limitation, if it applied, would limit the utilization of the NOL and ITC carryforwards in each taxable year to an amount equal to the product of the federal long-term tax-exempt bond rate prescribed monthly by the IRS and the fair market value of all the Company's stock at the time of the ownership change. The interpretation of
Section 382 is subject to numerous uncertainties. Accordingly, while the Company believes its carryforwards are available to it without limitation, such availability is not certain, nor is it certain that such carryforwards, if presently available without limitation, will continue to be available without limitation.

Note 9 - Industry Segment Information

The Company provides offshore drilling services on a contract daily-rate basis principally in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, the North Sea, and offshore West Africa and on a turnkey basis primarily in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. In addition, the Company has oil and gas production interests principally in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. In the industry segment data which follows, revenues from turnkey drilling services are included in drilling management services. Intersegment revenues are recorded at transfer prices which are intended to approximate the prices charged to unaffiliated customers and have been eliminated from consolidated revenues. Operating income consists of revenues less the related operating costs and expenses, excluding interest and unallocated corporate expenses. Adjustments and eliminations


in part reduce operating income attributable to drilling management services for the amount of profit on each turnkey well drilled on properties in which the Company has economic interests.

                                          Drilling
                              Contract   Management                                 Adjustments and
                              Drilling    Services     Oil and Gas     Corporate      Eliminations    Consolidated
                              --------   ---------     -----------     ---------      ------------    ------------
                                                             (In millions)
Revenues from unaffiliated
   customers
   1996                       $362.5        $305.3       $ 12.9        $    -          $     -           $680.7
   1995                        248.9         209.3          9.8             -                -            468.0
   1994                        211.4         137.8          9.8             -                -            359.0

Intersegment revenues
   1996                          5.7           1.0            -             -             (6.7)               -
   1995                          9.5           3.5            -             -            (13.0)               -
   1994                          4.0           5.0            -             -             (9.0)               -

Total revenues
   1996                        368.2         306.3          12.9            -             (6.7)           680.7
   1995                        258.4         212.8           9.8            -            (13.0)           468.0
   1994                        215.4         142.8           9.8            -             (9.0)           359.0

Operating income
   1996                        125.4          29.4           6.8          (19.3)          (1.5)           140.8
   1995                         54.6          17.3           3.4          (15.0)             -             60.3
   1994                         25.6          16.5           3.7          (14.0)          (5.7)            26.1

Depreciation, depletion
  and amortization
   1996                         36.3           0.1             3.5            1.0            -             40.9
   1995                         27.4 (1)         -             3.0            0.6            -             31.0
   1994                         34.9             -             1.9            0.6            -             37.4

Capital expenditures
   1996                        115.4 (2)       0.4             1.5            1.0            -            118.3
   1995                         66.0           0.3             5.1            2.1            -             73.5
   1994                         70.2 (3)         -             4.9            0.8            -             75.9

Identifiable assets
   1996                        545.9          37.8             8.2          215.9            -            807.8
   1995                        456.2          22.0            10.6           74.2            -            563.0
   1994                        390.4          24.3            19.1           78.6            -            512.4


(1) Effective January 1, 1995, the Company increased the remaining lives of its offshore drilling rigs, resulting in a reduction of $11.2 million in depreciation expense for 1995.
(2) Excludes the $16.0 million acquisition of the Glomar Explorer through assumption of a capital lease.
(3) Excludes $3.0 million of common stock issued in connection with the acquisition of two offshore drilling rigs.

No single customer provided more than ten percent of revenues for 1996 or 1994. In 1995 one customer provided both $40.9 million of contract drilling revenues and $10.3 million of drilling management revenues.

Export sales by geographic areas were as follows:

                                            1996       1995        1994
                                           ------     ------      ------
                                                   (In millions)
West Africa                                $155.9     $  68.2     $ 31.2
North Sea                                   101.2        80.0       39.2
Trinidad                                      5.8        11.9       11.8
Far East and Australia                          -        13.3       14.4
Other                                         8.7        20.3        6.6
                                           ------      ------     ------
                                           $271.6      $193.7     $103.2
                                           ======      ======     ======

Note 10 - Retirement Plans

Pensions

The Company has defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all of its employees. For the most part, benefits are based on the employee's length of service and average earnings for the five highest consecutive calendar years of compensation during the last fifteen years of service. Substantially all benefits are paid from funds previously provided to trustees. The Company is the sole contributor to the plans, and its funding objective is to fund participants' benefits under the plans as they accrue, taking into consideration future salary increases. The components of net pension cost were as follows:

                                                         1996       1995       1994
                                                        ------     ------     ------
                                                                (In millions)
Service cost - benefits earned during the period         $ 2.6      $ 1.9     $ 2.1
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation              5.0        4.1       3.7
Actual return on plan assets                              (6.2)      (9.5)      0.9
Net amortization and deferral                              3.0        6.7      (3.5)
                                                         -----      -----     -----
 Net pension cost                                        $ 4.4      $ 3.2     $ 3.2
                                                         =====      =====     =====


The following table sets forth the funded status of the plans by plan type (for federal income tax reporting purposes) and the amounts recognized in the Company's consolidated balance sheet as of December 31:

                                                 1996                        1995
                                         ------------------------   ------------------------
                                         Qualified   Nonqualified   Qualified   Nonqualified
                                         ---------   ------------   ---------   ------------
                                                             (In millions)
Actuarial present value of plan benefits:
 Vested                                     $49.5        $ 8.7         $ 42.7      $ 7.5
 Nonvested                                    3.7           .5            3.5         .3
                                            -----        -----         ------      -----
   Accumulated benefit obligation            53.2          9.2           46.2        7.8
Effect of projected salary increases          9.0          1.5            8.3        1.2
                                            -----        -----         ------      -----
   Projected benefit obligation              62.2         10.7           54.5        9.0
Plan assets at fair value                    54.9          3.4           46.5        3.0
                                            -----        -----         ------      -----
   Projected benefit obligation in
     excess of plan assets                    7.3          7.3            8.0        6.0
Unrecognized net loss                        (7.2)        (2.7)          (7.3)      (1.9)
                                            -----        -----          -----      -----
 Accrued pension liability                  $  .1        $ 4.6          $  .7      $ 4.1
                                            =====        =====          =====      =====

Plan assets consist primarily of listed stocks and bonds.

The Company has established grantor trusts to provide funding for the benefits payable under certain of the nonqualified plans. The trusts are irrevocable, and grantor trust assets, which are excluded from plan assets in the table above, can be used only to pay such benefits, with certain exceptions. Grantor trust assets totaled $3.5 million at December 31, 1996, and consisted of interest-bearing cash, a stock portfolio, and a bond portfolio. Grantor trust assets totaled $1.6 million at December 31, 1995, and consisted of interest-bearing cash. Assets of the grantor trusts are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets used to compute pension cost was 9.0 percent for 1996, 1995, and 1994. The assumed rate of increase in future compensation levels ranged from 5.5 percent to 6.5 percent for each of 1996, 1995, and 1994. The discount rate used to compute the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation was 7.5 percent for 1996, 7.25 percent for 1995 and 8.25 percent for 1994.

The Company has a defined contribution savings plan in which substantially all of the Company's domestic employees are eligible to participate. Company contributions to the savings plan are based on the amount of employee contributions. Charges to expense with respect to this plan totaled $0.8 million for 1996, $0.6 million for 1995 and $0.5 million for 1994.


Other Postretirement Benefits

The Company provides term life insurance to retirees and, for a period generally ending two years following retirement, health care benefits to retirees and their covered dependents. Generally, employees who have reached the age of 55 and have rendered a minimum of five years of service are eligible for such retirement benefits. For the most part, health care benefits are contributory while life insurance benefits are noncontributory.

Net postretirement life insurance and health care cost consisted of the following components:

                                                                  1996    1995   1994
                                                                  ----    ----   ----
                                                                      (In millions)
Service cost - benefits earned during the period                  $0.1    $0.1   $0.1
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation     0.2     0.2    0.2
                                                                  ----    ----   ----
     Net postretirement life insurance and health care cost       $0.3    $0.3   $0.3
                                                                  ====    ====   ====

Benefits under the Company's postretirement life insurance and health care plans are not funded. The status of the plans as of December 31 was as follows:

                                                                            1996    1995
                                                                            ----    ----
                                                                            (In millions)
Actuarial present value of accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
   Retirees and dependents                                                  $ 1.2   $ 1.2
   Active employees eligible for benefits                                     0.5     0.5
   Active employees not yet eligible for benefits                             0.8     0.7
Unrecognized net gain                                                         0.1     0.1
                                                                            -----   -----
     Accrued postretirement life insurance and health care liability        $ 2.6   $ 2.5
                                                                            =====   =====

The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 8.0 percent through 1997, gradually declining to 6.0 percent by the year 2015 and remaining at that level thereafter. The effect of a one-percentage point increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate for each future year on (i) the portion of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation applicable to health care benefits as of December 31, 1996 and (ii) the net postretirement health care cost for the year then ended would be immaterial. The assumed discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 7.0 percent for 1996 and 1995.

Note 11 - Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Cash interest payments totaled $28.7 million in each of 1996, 1995 and 1994. Cash payments for income taxes totaled $7.0 million in 1996, $3.6 million in 1995, and $1.1 million in 1994.

In 1996 the Company financed the acquisition of the Glomar Explorer drillship by assuming a $16.0 million capital lease obligation.


In 1994 the Company acquired one offshore drilling rig in an all-cash transaction and two other drilling rigs for $26.0 million in cash plus 750,000 shares of Global Marine Inc. common stock.

CONSOLIDATED SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)
(In millions, except per share data)

                                         1996                                    1995
                        --------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
                         First    Second     Third     Fourth     First    Second     Third     Fourth
                        Quarter   Quarter   Quarter    Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter    Quarter
                        -------   -------   -------    -------   -------   -------   -------    -------

Revenues                $123.0    $159.9     $177.9     $219.9    $116.1    $102.4    $135.8     $113.7

Operating income          21.0      32.4       38.9       48.5       9.7      14.7      15.5       20.4

Net income                14.9      24.1       30.9      110.2       4.5      24.2       9.6       13.6

Net income per share      0.09      0.14       0.18       0.63      0.03      0.14      0.06       0.08

Price ranges of
  common stock:
    High                10-3/4     16         16-1/8     21-1/2     4-1/4     5-7/8     7-3/8     8-3/4
    Low                  7-3/4     10-1/8     13-5/8     15-3/4     3-1/2     4-1/8     5-1/8     6

The Company recorded a noncash credit to deferred income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 1996 in the amount of $70.0 million in order to recognize a portion of the future tax benefit of net operating loss carryforwards as required by SFAS No. 109. The adjustment resulted in an increase to fourth quarter net income by the same amount. (See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Net income for the first quarter of 1996 included a $1.1 million gain on the sale of two offshore oil and gas properties.

Net income for the second quarter of 1995 included a $14.7 million gain on the sale of an offshore drilling rig.

The Company did not declare any dividends on its common stock in either 1996 or 1995.


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Global Marine Inc.

Our report on the consolidated financial statements of Global Marine Inc. and subsidiaries is included on page 25 of this Form 10-K. In connection with our audits of such financial statements, we have also audited the related financial statement schedule listed in the index on page 52 of this Form 10-K.

In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information required to be included therein.

                                        /s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.


Houston, Texas
February 7, 1997


                GLOBAL MARINE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
         SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                          (In millions)
                                                   Additions
                                            -----------------------
                               Balance at   Charged to   Charged to                  Balance
                                Beginning    Costs and      Other                     at End
         Description             of Year      Expenses     Accounts    Deductions    of Year
- -----------------------------  ----------   -----------   ----------   ----------    -------

Year ended December 31, 1996:
   Allowance for doubtful
      accounts receivable         $ 1.1        $  .5        $   -       $  .3          $ 1.3

Year ended December 31, 1995:
   Allowance for doubtful
      accounts receivable         $ 1.2        $  .1        $   -       $  .2          $ 1.1

Year ended December 31, 1994:
   Reserve for loss on
      operating lease             $ 8.4        $   -        $  0.2 (a)  $ 8.6 (b)      $   -
   Allowance for doubtful
      accounts receivable           1.2           .2             -         .2            1.2

(a) Represents unearned interest income which was charged to an escrow account for the lease of the Glomar Beaufort Sea I and which was classified as a noncurrent asset.

(b) Represents lease payments for the Glomar Beaufort Sea I which were made from the escrow account described in (a) above.


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

As permitted by General Instruction G, the information called for by this item with respect to the Company's directors is incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year. Information with respect to the Company's executive officers is set forth in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant."

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

As permitted by General Instruction G, the information called for by this item is incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

As permitted by General Instruction G, the information called for by this item is incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

As permitted by General Instruction G, the information called for by this item is incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year.


PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM
8-K

                                                                     Page
(a) Financial Statements, Schedules and Exhibits

    (1) Financial Statements
          Report of Independent Accountants                               25
          Consolidated Statement of Operations                            26
          Consolidated Balance Sheet                                      27
          Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows                            29
          Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity                  30
          Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                      31
    (2) Financial Statement Schedule
          Report of Independent Accountants                               49
          Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                 50

Schedules other than those listed above are omitted for the reason that they are not applicable.

(3) Exhibits

The following instruments are included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are filed herewith unless otherwise indicated. Exhibits incorporated by reference are so indicated by parenthetical information.

3(i).1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 15, 1989, effective March 16, 1989. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 3(i).1 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)

3(i).2 Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 11, 1990. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 3(i).2 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)

3(i).3 Certificate of Correction of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 25, 1990. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 3(i).3 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)

3(i).4 Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 11, 1992. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 3(i).4 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)


3(i).5 Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 12, 1994. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-53691) filed with the Commission on May 18, 1994.)

3(ii).1 Amendments to the By-laws of the Company as adopted by the Company's Board of Directors effective November 14, 1996.

3(ii).2 By-laws of the Company as amended through November 14, 1996.

4.1 Indenture, dated as of December 23, 1992, between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, with respect to the Senior Secured Notes. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.2 First Priority Naval Mortgage, dated April 29, 1993, from Global Marine Drilling Company to Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-65272) filed with the Commission on June 30, 1993.)

4.3 First Preferred Fleet Mortgage, dated December 23, 1992, from Global Marine Drilling Company to Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.7 of Post- Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.4 Release of Vessel from Lien of First Preferred Fleet Mortgage, dated April 30, 1993, by Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-65272) filed with the Commission on June 30, 1993.)

4.5 First Preferred Fleet Mortgage, dated December 23, 1992, from Global Marine Deepwater Drilling Inc. to Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.8 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.6 Release of Vessel from Lien of Mortgage, dated January 27, 1993, by Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)

4.7 First Priority Naval Mortgage, dated March 17, 1993, from Global Marine Nautilus Inc. to Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.10 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-65272) filed with the Commission on June 30, 1993.)

4.8 Release of Vessel from Lien of First Priority Naval Fleet Mortgage, dated September 8, 1993, by Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)


4.9 Supplement No. 1, dated September 8, 1993, to First Priority Naval Fleet Mortgage from Global Marine Nautilus Inc. to Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.9 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)

4.10 Assumption Agreement and Supplement No. 2, dated December 16, 1993, to First Priority Naval Fleet Mortgage among Global Marine Drilling Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.10 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)

4.11 First Preferred Fleet Mortgage, dated December 23, 1992, from Global Marine West Africa Inc. to Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.10 of Post- Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.12 First Preferred Ship Mortgage, dated December 23, 1992, from Global Marine Adriatic Inc. to Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.11 of Post- Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.13 Assumption Agreement and Supplement No.1, dated March 4, 1993, to First Preferred Ship Mortgage among Global Marine Adriatic Inc., as Original Mortgagor, Global Marine Drilling Company, as Assuming Mortgagor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.13 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-65272) filed with the Commission on June 30, 1993.)

4.14 First Preferred Ship Mortgage, dated December 23, 1992, from Global Marine Australia Inc. to Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.12 of Post- Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.15 Release of Vessel from Lien of Mortgage, dated May 19, 1995, by Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.15 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.)

4.16 First Preferred Ship Mortgage, dated December 23, 1992, from Global Marine Bismarck Sea Inc. to Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.13 of Post- Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.17 First Priority Naval Mortgage, dated March 17, 1993, from Global Marine North Sea Inc. to Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.16 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-65272 ) filed with the Commission on June 30, 1993.)

4.18 Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, dated December 23, 1992, between Global Marine Adriatic Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to


Exhibit 4.15 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.19 Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, dated December 23, 1992, between Global Marine Australia Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.16 of Post- Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.20 Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, dated December 23, 1992, between Global Marine Bismarck Sea Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.17 of Post- Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.21 Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, dated December 23, 1992, between Global Marine Deepwater Drilling Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.18 of Post- Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.22 Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, dated December 23, 1992, between Global Marine Drilling Company Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.19 of Post- Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.23 Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, dated December 23, 1992, between Global Marine Nautilus Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.20 of Post- Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.24 Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, dated December 23, 1992, between Global Marine North Sea Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.21 of Post- Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.25 Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, dated December 23, 1992, between Global Marine West Africa Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.22 of Post- Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-34013) filed with the Commission on January 22, 1993.)

4.26 Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, dated December 21, 1995, between Global Marine International Services Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.26 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.)

10.1 Credit Agreement, dated February 12, 1997, among Global Marine Inc., Various Lending Institutions, Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent, and Societe Generale, as Co-Agent, and Guaranty, dated February 12, 1997, by Global Marine Bismarck Sea Inc., Global Marine Deepwater Drilling Inc., Global Marine Drilling Company, Global Marine North Sea Inc., Global Marine West Africa Inc., and Petdrill, Inc.


10.2 Memorandum of Agreement, dated June 6, 1993, between Global Marine Inc. and Transocean Drilling AS, and Amendment No. 1 thereto dated June 16, 1993. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-65272) filed with the Commission on June 30, 1993.)

10.3 Letter of Intent in Order to Form a Joint Venture, dated June 6, 1993, between Global Marine Inc. and Transocean Drilling AS. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-65272) filed with the Commission on June 30, 1993.)

10.4 Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated August 24, 1993, between Global Marine Inc. and Transocean Drilling AS. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1993.)

10.5 Management Agreement (relating to Glomar Moray Firth I), dated September 10, 1993, between Global Marine Nautilus Inc. and Transocean Drilling AS. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1993.)

10.6 Management Agreement (relating to Transocean No. 5), dated September 10, 1993, between Global Marine Nautilus Inc. and Transocean Drilling AS. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit to 10.5 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1993.)

10.7 Bareboat Charter Agreement, dated July 2, 1996, between the United States of America and Global Marine Capital Investments Inc. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 1, 1996.)

* 10.8 Letter Employment Agreement dated February 14, 1995, between the Company and C. Russell Luigs. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.)

* 10.9 Consulting Agreement dated February 14, 1986, between Challenger Minerals Inc. and Donald B. Brown. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1987.)

*10.10 Form of Letter Severance Agreement dated February 7, 1989, between the Company and six executive officers, respectively. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988.)

*10.11 Letter Severance Agreement dated May 7, 1992, between the Company and one executive officer. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992.)

*10.12 Global Marine Inc. 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.
(Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988.)


*10.13 First Amendment to Global Marine Inc. 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990.)

*10.14 Second Amendment to Global Marine Inc. 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991.)

*10.15 Third Amendment to Global Marine Inc. 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)

*10.16 Fourth Amendment to Global Marine Inc. 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.)

*10.17 Fifth Amendment to Global Marine Inc. 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1996.)

*10.18 Sixth Amendment to Global Marine Inc. 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.

*10.19 Form of Incentive Stock Sale Agreement dated February 20, 1996, between the Company and two executive officers, respectively. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.)

*10.20 Form of Incentive Stock Sale Agreement dated February 11, 1997, between the Company and an executive officer.

*10.21 Form of Performance Stock Memorandum dated June 7, 1994, regarding conditional opportunity to acquire Company stock granted to six executive officers, respectively. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1994.)

*10.22 Form of Performance Stock Memorandum dated February 14, 1995, regarding conditional opportunity to acquire Company stock granted to six executive officers, respectively. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.)

*10.23 Form of Performance Stock Memorandum dated February 20, 1996, regarding conditional opportunity to acquire Company stock granted to six executive officers, respectively. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.)

*10.24 Form of Performance Stock Memorandum dated February 11, 1997, regarding conditional opportunity to acquire Company stock granted to six executive officers, respectively.


*10.25 Performance Criteria for Compensation Intended to Qualify as "Performance-Based Compensation" Under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1996.)

*10.26 Executive Life Insurance Plan. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988.)

*10.27 Global Marine Inc. Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan of 1990.
(Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990.)

*10.28 Global Marine Executive Deferred Compensation Trust as established effective January 1, 1995. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.)

*10.29 Global Marine Benefit Equalization Retirement Plan effective January 1, 1990. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989.)

*10.30 Global Marine Benefit Equalization Retirement Trust as established effective January 1, 1990. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989.)

*10.31 Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Company and each of its directors and officers. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1986.)

*10.32 Resolutions dated August 3, 1994 regarding Directors' Compensation.
(Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.)

*10.33 Amended and Restated Retirement Plan for Outside Directors.
(Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990.)

*10.34 Global Marine Outside Director Deferred Compensation Trust as established effective January 1, 1996.

*10.35 Global Marine Inc. 1990 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991.)

*10.36 First Amendment to Global Marine Inc. 1990 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995.)

*10.37 Second Amendment to Global Marine Inc. 1990 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.


*10.38 Global Marine Inc. 1996 Management Incentive Award Plan. (Incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.33 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.)

*10.39 Global Marine Inc. 1997 Management Incentive Award Plan.

11.1 Computation of Earnings Per Common Share.

21.1 List of Subsidiaries.

23.1 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., Independent Accountants.

27.1 Financial Data Schedule. (Exhibit 27.1 is being submitted as an exhibit only in the electronic format of this Annual Report on Form 10-K being submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Exhibit 27.1 shall not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or
Section 323 of the Trust Indenture Act, or otherwise be subject to the liabilities of such sections, nor shall it be deemed a part of any registration statement to which it relates.)


* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

The Company hereby undertakes, pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b), paragraph (4) (iii), to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission on request agreements defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries not filed herewith in accordance with said Item.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K

The Company did not file any Current Reports on Form 8-K during the last quarter of 1996.


SIGNATURES REQUIRED FOR FORM 10-K

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

GLOBAL MARINE INC.
(REGISTRANT)

Date: February 26, 1997                        By:    J. C.  MARTIN
                                                  ----------------------
                                                      (J. C. Martin)
                                                  Senior Vice President
                                                  and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature              Title                          Date
- ---------              -----                          ----

C. R. LUIGS            Chairman of the Board,         February 26, 1997
(C. R. Luigs)          President and Chief
                       Executive Officer

J. C. MARTIN           Senior Vice President and      February 26, 1997
(J. C. Martin)         Chief Financial Officer
                       (Principal Financial
                       Officer) and Director

THOMAS JOHNSON         Vice President and              February 26, 1997
(Thomas Johnson)       Corporate Controller
                       (Principal Accounting Officer)

DONALD B. BROWN        Director                         February 26, 1997
(Donald B. Brown)

E. J. CAMPBELL         Director                         February 26, 1997
(E. J. Campbell)

THOMAS CASON           Director                         February 26, 1997
(Thomas Cason)

PETER T. FLAWN         Director                         February 26, 1997
(Peter T. Flawn)

JOHN M. GALVIN         Director                         February 26, 1997
(John M. Galvin)

L. L. LEIGH            Director                         February 26, 1997
(L. L. Leigh)

E. R. MULLER           Director                         February 26, 1997
(E. R. Muller)

PAUL J. POWERS         Director                         February 26, 1997
(Paul J. Powers)

W. R. THOMAS           Director                         February 26, 1997
(W. R. Thomas)


EXHIBIT 99

EXHIBIT INDEX

A. Copies of exhibits listed below are submitted with this Annual Report on Form 10-K, immediately following this index.

3(ii).1   Amendments to the By-laws of the Company as adopted by the
          Company's Board of Directors effective November 14, 1996.

3(ii).2   By-laws of the Company as amended through November 14, 1996.

   10.1   Credit Agreement, dated February 12, 1997, among Global Marine
          Inc., Various Lending Institutions, Bankers Trust Company, as
          Administrative Agent, and Societe Generale, as  Co-Agent, and
          Guaranty, dated February 12, 1997, by Global Marine Bismarck
          Sea Inc., Global Marine Deepwater Drilling Inc., Global Marine
          Drilling Company, Global Marine North Sea Inc., Global Marine
          West Africa Inc., and Petdrill, Inc.

  10.18   Sixth Amendment to Global Marine Inc. 1989 Stock Option and
          Incentive Plan.

  10.20   Form of Incentive Stock Sale Agreement dated February 11, 1997,
          between the Company and an executive officer.

  10.24   Form of Performance Stock Memorandum dated February 11, 1997,
          regarding conditional opportunity to acquire Company stock
          granted to six executive officers, respectively.

  10.34   Global Marine Outside Director Deferred Compensation Trust as
          established effective January 1, 1996.

  10.37   Second Amendment to Global Marine Inc. 1990 Non-Employee Director
          Stock Option Plan.

  10.39   Global Marine Inc. 1997 Management Incentive Award Plan.

   11.1   Computation of Earnings Per Common Share.

   21.1   List of Subsidiaries.

   23.1   Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., Independent Accountants.

   27.1   Financial Data Schedule.  (Exhibit 27.1 is being submitted as
          an exhibit only in the electronic format of this Annual Report
          on Form 10-K being submitted to the Securities and Exchange
          Commission.  Exhibit 27.1 shall not be deemed filed for purposes of
          Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 18 of the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or Section 323 of the Trust
          Indenture Act, or otherwise be subject to the liabilities of
          such sections, nor shall it be deemed a part of any registration
          statement to which it relates.)

B. All other exhibits listed in Item 14(a)(3) are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as stated in Item 14(a)(3). Descriptions of these exhibits are incorporated herein by this reference to Item 14(a)(3) of this Report.


EXHIBIT 3(ii).1

AMENDMENTS TO BY-LAWS OF GLOBAL MARINE INC.
(Effective November 14, 1996)

Sections II-2, II-4, III-1, III-5, III-8, and IV-1 of the By-laws of Global Marine Inc. shall be amended in their entirety to change said sections from the old version to the new version, in each case, as indicated below:

OLD VERSION:

SECTION II-2 DATE, TIME, AND PURPOSE OF ANNUAL MEETING: The Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall be held at such date and time as may be determined by the Board of Directors. In the event that the Board does not set a date and time, such meeting shall be held at 11:00 o'clock a.m. on the fourth Wednesday in May of each year if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then at the same time on the next business day following. At such annual meeting the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors, and shall transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

NEW VERSION:

SECTION II-2 DATE, TIME, AND PURPOSE OF ANNUAL MEETING: The Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall be held at such date and time as may be determined by the Board of Directors. In the event that the Board does not set a date and time, such meeting shall be held at 11:00 a.m. on the fourth Wednesday in May of each year if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then at the same time on the next business day following. At such annual meeting the stockholders shall elect directors and shall transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

OLD VERSION:

SECTION II-4 STOCKHOLDER LIST: The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make at least ten days before every election of directors, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said election, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the election, either at a place within the city, town or village where the election is to be held, and which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held, and the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of election during the whole time thereof, and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.

NEW VERSION:

SECTION II-4 STOCKHOLDER LIST: The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, and the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who is present.

OLD VERSION:

SECTION III-1 NUMBER, QUALIFICATION, ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE:
The exact number of directors, within the limits stated in the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be determined by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors. If it is proposed to reduce the authorized number of directors below five (5), the vote of stockholders holding more than eighty percent (80%) of the voting power shall be necessary for such reduction. No person shall serve as a director of this corporation who at the time of his or her election has reached his or her 70th birthday unless such person was elected as a director at the annual meeting of holders of common stock of this corporation held on May 18, 1979, in which case such person shall be entitled to serve as a director without regard to any limitation of age. Directors need not be stockholders.

NEW VERSION:

SECTION III-1 NUMBER, QUALIFICATION, ELECTION, AND TERM OF OFFICE:
The exact number of directors, within the limits stated in the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be determined by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors. If it is proposed to reduce the authorized number of directors below five (5), the vote of stockholders holding more than eighty percent (80%) of the voting power shall be necessary for such reduction. No person shall serve as a director of this corporation who at the time of his or her election has reached his or her 70th birthday unless such person was elected as a director at the annual meeting of holders of common stock of this corporation held on May 18, 1979, in which case such person shall be entitled to serve as a director without regard to any limitation of age. Each director shall serve for a term of office within the limits stated in the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders.

OLD VERSION:

SECTION III-5 SPECIAL MEETINGS; TELEPHONIC MEETINGS PERMITTED:
Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on reasonable notice to each director, either personally, by telephone, by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

NEW VERSION:

SECTION III-5 SPECIAL MEETINGS; TELEPHONIC MEETINGS PERMITTED:
Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on reasonable notice to each director, which notice may be written, oral, or by any other mode of notice; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

OLD VERSION:

SECTION III-8 COMMITTEES - FORMATION AND POWERS: The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the corporation, which, to the extent provided in the resolution, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

NEW VERSION:

SECTION III-8 COMMITTEES - FORMATION AND POWERS: The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the corporation, which, to the extent provided by the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any absent or disqualified member.

OLD VERSION:

SECTION IV-1 NOTICES: Whenever under the provisions of these By-laws, notice is required to be given to any stockholder, director, or officer, such notice, unless otherwise provided, may be given personally, or it may be given in writing by depositing the same in the post office or letterbox in a postpaid sealed envelope, or it may be telegraphed, addressed to such stockholder, director, or officer, at such address as appears on the books of the corporation, or in default of other address, to such stockholder, director, or officer at the general post office in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be thus mailed or telegraphed.

NEW VERSION:

SECTION IV-1 NOTICES: Whenever under the provisions of these By-laws notice is required to be given to any stockholder, director or officer, such notice may be written, oral or by any other mode of notice unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws. If given by United States mail, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to such stockholder, director, or officer at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, or in default of other address, to such stockholder, director, or officer at the general post office in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware.


EXHIBIT 3(ii).2

GLOBAL MARINE INC.

BY-LAWS

As Amended Through November 14, 1996

                              INDEX


ARTICLE I  OFFICES                                         PAGE
    Section I-1           Principal Office
    Section I-2           Other Offices

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
    Section II-1          Place
    Section II-2          Date, Time, and Purpose of
                          Annual Meeting
    Section II-3          Written Notice
    Section II-4          Stockholder List
    Section II-5          Special Meeting
    Section II-6          Notice of Special Meeting
    Section II-7          Business Transacted at Special Meeting
    Section II-8          Quorum
    Section II-9          Majority Vote
    Section II-10         The Stockholder Vote

ARTICLE III               DIRECTORS
    Section III-1         Number, Qualification, Election
                          and Term of Office
    Section III-2         Location of Board Meeting
    Section III-3         First Meeting of the Newly Elected Board
    Section III-4         Regular Meetings
    Section III-5         Special Meetings; Telephonic Meetings Permitted
    Section III-6         Quorum and Majority Vote
    Section III-7         Unanimous Written Consent
    Section III-8         Committees - Formation and Powers
    Section III-9         Committee Minutes
    Section III-10        Compensation
    Section III-11        Indemnification of Directors,
                          Officers, Employees and Agents
    Section III-12        Directors Emeritus

ARTICLE IV NOTICES AND WAIVERS THEREOF
    Section IV-1          Notices
    Section IV-2          Waiver of Notice

ARTICLE V  OFFICERS
Section V-1           Election of Officers

    Section V-2           Time of Election of Principal Officers
    Section V-3           Time of Election of Other Officers
    Section V-4           Salaries
    Section V-5           Term of Office, Removal and
                          Filling of Vacancies
    Section V-5a          The Chairman of the Board
    Section V-5b          Chief Executive Officer
    Section V-6           The President - Duties
    Section V-7           The President - Execution of
                          Documents Requiring a Seal
    Section V-8           The Vice President
    Section V-9           The Secretary
    Section V-10          The Assistant Secretary
    Section V-11          The Treasurer - Responsibility for Funds
    Section V-12          The Treasurer - Other Duties
    Section V-13          The Assistant Treasurer

ARTICLE VI CERTIFICATE OF STOCK
    Section VI-1          Right of Stockholder to Certificate
    Section VI-2          Facsimile Signature
    Section VI-3          Lost Certificates
    Section VI-4          Transfer of Stock
    Section VI-5          Record Date
    Section VI-6          Registered Stockholders

ARTICLE VII               GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section VII-1         Dividends - Declaration and Payment
    Section VII-2         Reserve Out of Funds Available for Dividends
    Section VII-3         Annual Report
    Section VII-4         Execution of Documents
    Section VII-5         Undertakings and Commitments
    Section VII-6         Checks
    Section VII-7         Representation of Shares of Other Corporations
    Section VII-8         Fiscal Year
    Section VII-9         Corporate Seal

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS
    Section VIII-1 Amendment

GLOBAL MARINE INC.

BY-LAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION I-1 PRINCIPAL OFFICE: The principal office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, state of Delaware.

SECTION I-2 OTHER OFFICES: The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the state of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION II-1 PLACE: All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place, within or without the state of Delaware, as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the state of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

SECTION II-2 DATE, TIME, AND PURPOSE OF ANNUAL MEETING: The Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall be held at such date and time as may be determined by the Board of Directors. In the event that the Board does not set a date and time, such meeting shall be held at 11:00 a.m. on the fourth Wednesday in May of each year if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then at the same time on the next business day following. At such annual meeting the stockholders shall elect directors and shall transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

SECTION II-3 WRITTEN NOTICE: Written notice of the annual meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at least ten days before the date of the meeting.

SECTION II-4 STOCKHOLDER LIST: The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, and the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who is present.

SECTION II-5 SPECIAL MEETING: Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called at any time by a majority of the directors then in office or the President, or by the holders of at least 25% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the corporation as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION II-6 NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING: Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time, place and object thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, at least five days before the date fixed for the meeting.

SECTION II-7 BUSINESS TRANSACTED AT SPECIAL MEETING: Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

SECTION II-8 QUORUM: The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

SECTION II-9 MAJORITY VOTE: When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. In any election at a meeting when a quorum is present, the individual or individuals elected shall be the nominee or nominees, equal in number to the position or positions to be filled, who receives or receive a plurality of the votes cast.

SECTION II-10 THE STOCKHOLDER VOTE: Each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. At all elections of directors of the corporation each stockholder having voting power shall be entitled to exercise the right of cumulative voting as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

SECTION III-1 NUMBER, QUALIFICATION, ELECTION, AND TERM OF OFFICE: The exact number of directors, within the limits stated in the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be determined by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors. If it is proposed to reduce the authorized number of directors below five (5), the vote of stockholders holding more than eighty percent (80%) of the voting power shall be necessary for such reduction. No person shall serve as a director of this corporation who at the time of his or her election has reached his or her 70th birthday unless such person was elected as a director at the annual meeting of holders of common stock of this corporation held on May 18, 1979, in which case such person shall be entitled to serve as a director without regard to any limitation of age. Each director shall serve for a term of office within the limits stated in the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders.

SECTION III-2 LOCATION OF BOARD MEETING: The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the state of Delaware.

SECTION III-3 FIRST MEETING OF THE NEWLY ELECTED BOARD: The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall have been determined for the next regular meeting by the previous Board of Directors or as shall be determined by the President, which time and place shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

SECTION III-4 REGULAR MEETINGS: Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

SECTION III-5 SPECIAL MEETINGS; TELEPHONIC MEETINGS PERMITTED:
Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on reasonable notice to each director, which notice may be written, oral, or by any other mode of notice; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION III-6 QUORUM AND MAJORITY VOTE: At any meeting of the Board or of any committee of the Board, one-third of the directors holding office or one-third of the members constituting such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, provided however that a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of a committee of the Board shall not be less than two members. The act of a majority of the directors or members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board, the directors or members present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

SECTION III-7 UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT: Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee as the case may be, and such written consent or consents are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

SECTION III-8 COMMITTEES - FORMATION AND POWERS: The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the corporation, which, to the extent provided by the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any absent or disqualified member.

SECTION III-9 COMMITTEE MINUTES: Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meeting and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

SECTION III-10 COMPENSATION: The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

SECTION III-11 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS: (a)(i) The corporation, to the full extent permitted, and in the manner required by the laws of the state of Delaware, as in effect at the time of the adoption of this revised Section III-11 or as such laws may be amended from time to time, shall indemnify any person who was or is made a party to or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (including any appeal thereof), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or, if at a time when he was a director or officer of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent (a "Subsidiary Officer") of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (an "Affiliated Entity"), against expenses (including attorneys' fees), costs, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify against any amount paid in settlement unless the corporation has consented to such settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of NOLO CONTENDERE or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that such person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing provisions of this subparagraph (i) and except for any action, suit or proceeding brought on behalf of a person to enforce the right to indemnification hereunder or otherwise, a person shall not be entitled, as a matter of right, to indemnification pursuant to this subparagraph (i) against costs or expenses incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding commenced by such person against any person who is or was a director, officer, fiduciary, employee or agent of the corporation or a Subsidiary Officer of an Affiliated Entity, but such indemnification may be provided by the corporation in any specific case as permitted by paragraph (f) of this Section III-11.

(ii) The corporation may indemnify any employee or agent of the corporation in the manner and to the extent that it shall indemnify any director or officer under this paragraph (a), including indemnity in respect of service at the request of the corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of an Affiliated Entity.

(b)(i) The corporation, to the full extent permitted, and in the manner required by the laws of the state of Delaware, as in effect at the time of the adoption of this Section III-11 or as such laws may be amended from time to time, shall indemnify any person who was or is made a party to or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit (including any appeal thereof) brought in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or, if at a time when he was a director or officer of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of an Affiliated Entity, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) and costs actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless, and except to the extent that, the Court of Chancery of the state of Delaware or the court in which such judgment was rendered shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses and costs as the Court of Chancery of the state of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing provisions of this subparagraph (b)(i), a person shall not be entitled, as a matter of right, to indemnification pursuant to this subparagraph (b)(i) against costs and expenses incurred in connection with any action or suit in the right of the corporation commenced by such person, but such indemnification may be provided by the corporation in any specific case as permitted by paragraph (f) of this Section III-11.

(ii) The corporation may indemnify any employee or agent of the corporation in the manner and to the extent that it shall indemnify any director or officer under this paragraph (b), including indemnity in respect of service at the request of the corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of an Affiliated Entity.

(c) Any indemnification under paragraph (a) or (b) of this
Section III-11 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper under the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section III-11. Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought or by majority vote of the members of a committee of the Board of Directors composed of at least three members each of whom is not a party to such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable and/or such a committee is not established or obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders. In the event a request for indemnification is made by any person referred to in subparagraph (i) of paragraph (a) or subparagraph (i) of paragraph (b), the corporation shall cause such determination to be made not later than 60 days after such request is made.

(d)(i) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section III-11, to the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section III-11, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) and costs actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

(ii) To the extent any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation has served or prepared to serve as a witness in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, or in any investigation by the corporation or the Board of Directors thereof or a committee thereof or by any securities exchange on which securities of the corporation are or were listed or any national securities association, by reason of his services as a director or officer of the corporation or, if at a time when he was a director or officer of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of an Affiliated Entity, the corporation shall indemnify such person against expenses (including attorneys' fees) and costs actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith within 30 days after the receipt by the corporation from such person of a statement requesting such indemnification, averring such service and reasonably evidencing such expenses and costs. The corporation may indemnify any employee or agent of the corporation to the same extent it is required to indemnify any director or officer of the corporation pursuant to the foregoing sentence of this paragraph.

(e)(i) Expenses and costs incurred by any person referred to in subparagraph (i) of paragraph (a) or subparagraph (i) of paragraph (b) of this Section III-11 in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by this Section III-11.

(ii) Expenses and costs incurred by any person referred to in subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (a) or subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (b) of this Section III-11 in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or an officer of the corporation or a committee thereof authorized to so act by the Board of Directors upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by this Section III-11.

(f) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any person under this Section III-11, or the entitlement of any person to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Section III-11, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such person in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of any right to which any person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the corporation and as to action in any other capacity while holding any such position.

(g) The indemnification provided or permitted under this
Section III-11 shall apply in respect of any expense, costs, judgment, fine, penalty or amount paid in settlement, whether or not the claim or cause of action in respect thereof accrued or arose before or after the effective date of this revised Section III-11. The right of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation to indemnification and advance payment of expenses and costs under this Section III-11 shall continue after he shall have ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, distributees, executors, administrators and other legal representatives of such person.

(h) This Section III-11 shall be deemed to create a binding obligation on the part of the corporation to its current and former officers and directors and their heirs, distributees, executors, administrators and other legal representatives, and each director or officer in acting in such capacity shall be entitled to rely on the provisions of this Section III-11, without giving notice thereof to the corporation.

(i) The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of any Affiliated Entity, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Section III-11 or applicable law.

(j)(i) For purposes of this Section III-11, references to "the corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its corporate existence had continued, would have been permitted under applicable law to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of any Affiliated Entity, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section III-11 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(ii) For purposes of this Section III-11, references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interest of the corporation" as referred to in this Section III-11.

SECTION III-12 DIRECTORS EMERITUS: The Board of Directors may, from time to time, elect one or more Directors Emeritus, each of whom shall serve until the first meeting of the Board next following the annual meeting of stockholders or until his earlier resignation or removal by the Board. Directors Emeritus shall serve as advisors and consultants to the Board of Directors, shall be invited to attend all meetings of the Board and may participate in all discussions occurring during such meetings. Directors Emeritus shall not be privileged to vote on matters brought before the Board and shall not be counted for the purpose of determining whether a quorum of the Board is present.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES AND WAIVERS THEREOF

SECTION IV-1 NOTICES: Whenever under the provisions of these By-laws notice is required to be given to any stockholder, director or officer, such notice may be written, oral or by any other mode of notice unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws. If given by United States mail, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to such stockholder, director, or officer at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, or in default of other address, to such stockholder, director, or officer at the general post office in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware.

SECTION IV-2 WAIVER OF NOTICE: Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given by law, or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, or of these By-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to receipt of such required notice.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

SECTION V-1 ELECTION OF OFFICERS: The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors, and shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, a Vice President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also choose additional vice presidents, and one or more assistant secretaries and/or assistant treasurers, and one or more such other officers, with such other titles, as the Board may deem necessary or desirable. Two or more offices may be held by the same person, except that where the offices of president and secretary are held by the same person, such person shall not hold any other office. The Board of Directors shall designate either the Chairman of the Board or the President to be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation.

SECTION V-2 TIME OF ELECTION OF PRINCIPAL OFFICERS: The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer; the Chairman of the Board shall be a member of the Board; none of the other officers need be a member of the Board.

SECTION V-3 TIME OF ELECTION OF OTHER OFFICERS: The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

SECTION V-4 SALARIES: The salaries of the Chairman of the Board and the President shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. The salaries of other officers shall be fixed by the Chief Executive Officer subject to review by the Board of Directors.

SECTION V-5 TERM OF OFFICE, REMOVAL AND FILLING OF VACANCIES:
The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

SECTION V-5a THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD: The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the By-laws.

SECTION V-5b CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER: The Board shall designate either the Chairman of the Board or the President to be the Chief Executive Officer of this corporation; the Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect, and shall exercise or perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the By-laws.

SECTION V-6 THE PRESIDENT - DUTIES: The President shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation subject to the direction and control of the Board of Directors, and if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer, subject also to the direction and control of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall assume the duties and responsibilities of the Chairman of the Board in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there shall be no person occupying that office.

SECTION V-7 THE PRESIDENT - EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS REQUIRING A SEAL: He shall execute bonds, mortgages, and the contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

SECTION V-8 THE VICE PRESIDENT: The Vice President, or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors, shall in the absence or disability of the President, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

SECTION V-9 THE SECRETARY: The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform other such duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board of Directors, affix the same to any instrument requiring it.

SECTION V-10 THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY: The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

SECTION V-11 THE TREASURER - RESPONSIBILITY FOR FUNDS: The Treasurer shall have custody of and be responsible for all the monies and funds of the company. He shall deposit or cause to be deposited all company monies, funds and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the company in such banks or other financial institutions as in his judgment is proper or as shall be directed by the Board, Chairman of the Board or the President, and shall disburse the funds of the company which have been duly approved for disbursement. He shall enter regularly in the books of the company to be kept by him for the purpose of full and accurate accounts of all monies received and paid out by him on account of the company.

SECTION V-12 THE TREASURER - OTHER DUTIES: The Treasurer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the By-laws, and he shall in general, subject to control of the Board, the Chairman of the Board and the President, perform all the duties usually incident to the office of treasurer of a corporation.

SECTION V-13 THE ASSISTANT TREASURER: Each Assistant Treasurer shall assist the Treasurer and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer may perform the duties of the Treasurer unless and until the contrary is expressed by the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or the Treasurer.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

SECTION VI-1 RIGHT OF STOCKHOLDER TO CERTIFICATE: Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.

SECTION VI-2 FACSIMILE SIGNATURE: Where a certificate is signed
(1) by a transfer agent other than the corporation or its employee or (2) by a registrar other than the corporation or its employee, the signature of any such President, Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary may be by facsimile. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by the corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation.

SECTION VI-3 LOST CERTIFICATES: The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

SECTION VI-4 TRANSFER OF STOCK: Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

SECTION VI-5 RECORD DATE: (a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(c) In each case when a record date has been duly fixed, such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting of stockholders and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of the dividend or other distribution, or to receive the allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights or participate in the other action, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the corporation after such record date is fixed.

SECTION VI-6 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS: The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION VII-1 DIVIDENDS - DECLARATION AND PAYMENT: Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION VII-2 RESERVE OUT OF FUNDS AVAILABLE FOR DIVIDENDS:
Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing and maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

SECTION VII-3 ANNUAL REPORT: The Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders, not later than three months after the close of the fiscal year, but at least fifteen days in advance of the annual meeting of stockholders, such report to include a balance sheet as of such closing date and a statement of income and profit and loss for the year ended on such closing date.

SECTION VII-4 EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS: Unless otherwise authorized or prescribed by the Board of Directors, all contracts, leases, deeds, deeds of trust, mortgages, bonds, indentures, endorsements, assignments, powers of attorney to transfer stock or for other purposes, and other documents and instruments of whatever kind shall be executed for and on behalf of the corporation by the President, a Vice President, or the Treasurer, or by any such officer and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, who shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to the same.

The Board of Directors also may authorize any other officer or officers, or agent or agents, to execute any contract, document or instrument of whatever kind for and on behalf of the corporation and such authority may be general or be confined to specific instances.

SECTION VII-5 UNDERTAKINGS AND COMMITMENTS: No undertaking, commitment, contract, instrument or document shall be binding upon the corporation unless previously authorized or subsequently ratified by the Board of Directors or executed by an officer or officers or an agent or agents of the corporation acting under powers conferred by the Board of Directors or by these By-laws.

SECTION VII-6 CHECKS: All checks, notes and other obligations for collection, deposit or transfer, and all checks and drafts for disbursement from company funds, and all bills of exchange and promissory notes, and all acceptances, obligations and other instruments for the payment of money, shall be endorsed or signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents, as shall be thereunto authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors.

SECTION VII-7 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS:
Shares standing in the name of the corporation may be voted or represented and all rights incident thereto may be exercised on behalf of the corporation by the President, a Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer, or by such other officers as to whom the Board of Directors may from time to time confer like powers.

SECTION VII-8 FISCAL YEAR: The fiscal year of the corporation shall end the thirty-first day of December in each year.

SECTION VII-9 CORPORATE SEAL: The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware." The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

SECTION VIII-1 AMENDMENT: These By-laws may be altered or repealed at any meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors.


EXHIBIT 10.1

CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

GLOBAL MARINE INC.,

VARIOUS LENDING INSTITUTIONS,

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
as
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

and

SOCIETE GENERALE,
as
Co-Agent

Dated as of February 12, 1997

                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                    Page


SECTION 1. Amount and Terms of Credit
  1.01   Commitment
  1.02   Minimum Borrowing Amounts, etc.
  1.03   Notice of Borrowing
  1.04   Disbursement of Funds
  1.05   Notes
  1.06   Conversions
  1.07   PRO RATA Borrowings
  1.08   Interest
  1.09   Interest Periods
  1.10   Increased Costs, Illegality, etc.
  1.11   Compensation
  1.12   Change of Lending Office
  1.13   Replacement of Banks

SECTION 2. Letters of Credit
  2.01   Letters of Credit
  2.02   Minimum Stated Amount
  2.03   Letter of Credit Requests; Request for
           Issuance of Letter of Credit
  2.04   Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit
           Payments
  2.05   Letter of Credit Participations
  2.06   Increased Costs
  2.07   Indemnities

SECTION 3. Fees; Commitments
  3.01   Fees
  3.02   Voluntary Reduction of Commitments
  3.03   Mandatory Adjustments of Commitments,
           etc.

SECTION 4. Payments
  4.01   Voluntary Prepayments
  4.02   Mandatory Prepayments
  4.03   Method and Place of Payment
  4.04   Net Payments

SECTION 5. Conditions Precedent
  5.01   Execution of Agreement and Notes
  5.02   No Default; Representations and
           Warranties
  5.03   Officer's Certificate
  5.04   Opinions of Counsel
  5.05   Corporate Proceedings
  5.06   Indebtedness
  5.07   Adverse Change, etc.
  5.08   Litigation
  5.09   Approvals
  5.10   Fees
  5.11   Guaranty
  5.12   Rig Matters
  5.13   Insurance Report
  5.14   Projections
  5.15   Offshore Drilling Contracts
  5.16   Margin Rules

SECTION 6. Representations, Warranties and
           Agreements
  6.01   Status
  6.02   Power and Authority
  6.03   No Violation
  6.04   Litigation
  6.05   Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations
  6.06   Governmental Approvals
  6.07   Investment Company Act
  6.08   Public Utility Holding Company Act
  6.09   True and Complete Disclosure
  6.10   Financial Condition; Financial Statements
  6.11   Tax Returns and Payments
  6.12   Employee Benefit Plans
  6.13   Subsidiaries
  6.14   Patents, etc.
  6.15   Environmental Matters
  6.16   Properties
  6.17   Labor Relations
  6.18   Existing Indebtedness
  6.19   Rig Classification
  6.20   Insurance

SECTION 7. Affirmative Covenants
  7.01   Information Covenants
  7.02   Books, Records and Inspections
  7.03   Maintenance of Insurance
  7.04   Payment of Taxes
  7.05   Consolidated Corporate Franchises
  7.06   Compliance with Statutes, etc.
  7.07   Good Repair
  7.08   End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters
  7.09   Use of Proceeds
  7.10   Rig Valuations
  7.11   Additional Guarantors
  7.12   ERISA
  7.13   Performance of Obligations

SECTION 8. Negative Covenants
  8.01   Changes in Business
  8.02   Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets,
          etc.
  8.03   Indebtedness
  8.04   Liens
  8.05   Restricted Payments; Designation of
           Unrestricted Subsidiaries
  8.06   Restrictions on Subsidiaries
  8.07   Transactions with Affiliates
  8.08   Vessel Ownership and Management
  8.09   Cash Interest Coverage Ratio
  8.10   Leverage Ratio
  8.11   Fleet Market Value
  8.12   Net Worth
  8.13   Modifications of Certain Documents, Etc.

SECTION 9. Events of Default
  9.01   Payments
  9.02   Representations, etc.
  9.03   Covenants
  9.04   Default Under Other Agreements
  9.05   Bankruptcy, etc.
  9.06   Guaranty
  9.07   Judgments
  9.08   Change of Control
  9.09   Employee Benefit Plans

SECTION 10.  Definitions

SECTION 11.  The Agents
 11.01   Appointment
 11.02   Nature of Duties
 11.03   Lack of Reliance on the
           Agents
 11.04   Certain Rights of the Administrative
           Agent
 11.05   Reliance
 11.06   Indemnification
 11.07   The Agents in Their Individual Capacity
 11.08   Holders
 11.09   Resignation by the Administrative Agent

SECTION 12.  Miscellaneous
 12.01   Payment of Expenses, etc.
 12.02   Right of Setoff
 12.03   Notices
 12.04   Benefit of Agreement
 12.05   No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative
 12.06   Payments PRO RATA
 12.07   Calculations; Computations
 12.08   Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction;
           Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial
 12.09   Counterparts
 12.10   Effectiveness
 12.11   Headings Descriptive
 12.12   Amendment or Waiver
 12.13   Survival
 12.14   Domicile of Loans
 12.15   Confidentiality
 12.16   Registry


ANNEX I       -Commitments
ANNEX II      -Bank Addresses
ANNEX III     -Offshore Drilling Contracts
ANNEX IV      -Subsidiaries
ANNEX V       -[Intentionally Omitted]
ANNEX VI      -Rigs and Vessels
ANNEX VII     -Existing Indebtedness
ANNEX VIII    -Existing Liens
ANNEX IX      -Approved Shipbrokers
ANNEX X       -Unrestricted Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date

EXHIBIT A     -Form of Notice of Borrowing
EXHIBIT B     -Form of Note
EXHIBIT C     -Form of Letter of Credit Request
EXHIBIT D     -Form of Section 4.04(b)(ii) Certificate
EXHIBIT E-1   -Form of Opinion of Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
EXHIBIT E-2   -Form of Opinion of James L. McCulloch
EXHIBIT E-3   -Form of Opinion of Cahill Gordon &
                 Reindel
EXHIBIT F     -Form of Officers' Certificate
EXHIBIT G     -Form of Guaranty
EXHIBIT H     -Form of Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT I     -Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement



    CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 12, 1997,
among GLOBAL MARINE INC. ("BORROWER"), a Delaware
corporation, the lending institutions listed on ANNEX I
hereto (each a "BANK" and, collectively, the "BANKS"),
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, as Administrative Agent (the

"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT"), and SOCIETE GENERALE, as Co-Agent (the "CO-AGENT", and, together with the Administrative Agent, the "AGENTS"). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein and defined in Section 10 are used herein as so defined.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION I. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT.

1.01 COMMITMENT. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Bank severally agrees to make a loan or loans (each a "LOAN" and, collectively, the "LOANS") under the Facility to Borrower, which Loans
(i) shall be made at any time and from time to time on and after the Initial Borrowing Date and prior to the Maturity Date, (ii) except as hereinafter provided, may, at the option of Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that all Loans made as part of the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist of Loans of the same Type, (iii) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof, (iv) shall not exceed in the aggregate for all Banks at any time outstanding, the Total Commitment and (v) shall not exceed for any Bank at any time outstanding the aggregate principal amount which, when combined with the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all other Loans of such Bank and with such Bank's Adjusted Percentage of the Letter of Credit Outstandings (exclusive of Unpaid Drawings which are repaid with the proceeds of, and simultaneously with the incurrence of, the respective incurrence of Loans) at such time, equals (1) if such Bank is a Non-Defaulting Bank, the Adjusted Commitment of such Bank at such time and (2) if such Bank is a Defaulting Bank, the Commitment of such Bank at such time.

1.02 MINIMUM BORROWING AMOUNTS, ETC. The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing shall not be less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount for the Loans constituting such Borrowing. More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any day; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that at no time shall there be outstanding more than ten Borrowings of Eurodollar Loans.
1.03 NOTICE OF BORROWING. Whenever Borrower desires to incur Loans under the Facility, it shall give the Administrative Agent at its Notice Office, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time), at least three Business Days' prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans and at least one Business Day's prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be made hereunder. Each such written notice (each a "NOTICE OF BORROWING") shall be in the form of EXHIBIT A hereto and shall be irrevocable and shall specify (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing, (ii) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and (iii) whether the respective Borrowing shall consist of Base Rate Loans or (to the extent permitted) Eurodollar Loans and, if Eurodollar Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Bank written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each proposed Borrowing, of such Bank's proportionate share thereof and of the other matters covered by the Notice of Borrowing.

1.04 DISBURSEMENT OF FUNDS. (a) No later than 1:00 P.M. (New York time) on the date specified in each Notice of Borrowing, each Bank will make available its PRO RATA share of each Borrowing requested to be made on such date in the manner provided below. All such amounts shall be made available to the Administrative Agent in Dollars and immediately available funds at the Payment Office and the Administrative Agent promptly will make available to Borrower by depositing to its account at the Payment Office the aggregate of the amounts so made available in Dollars and immediately available funds. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Bank prior to the date of Borrowing that such Bank does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent its portion of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Bank has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date of Borrowing, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance upon such assumption, may (in its sole discretion and without any obligation to do so) make available to Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Bank and the Administrative Agent has made available same to Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount from such Bank. If such Bank does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent's demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and in any event within three Business Days from the date the Administrative Agent made such funds available to Borrower) notify Borrower, and Borrower shall (within two Business Days of receiving such demand) pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover on demand from such Bank or Borrower, as the case may be, interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at a rate PER ANNUM equal to (x) if paid by such Bank, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or (y) if paid by Borrower, the then applicable rate of interest, calculated in accordance with Section 1.08, for the respective Loans.

(b) Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Bank from its obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights which Borrower may have against any Bank as a result of any default by such Bank hereunder.

1.05 NOTES. Borrower's obligation to pay the principal of, and interest on, the Loans made to it by each Bank shall be evidenced by a promissory note substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith (each a "NOTE" and, collectively, the "NOTES").

(b) The Note issued to each Bank shall (i) be executed by Borrower, (ii) be payable to the order of such Bank and be dated the Initial Borrowing Date, (iii) be in a stated principal amount equal to the Commitment of such Bank on such date and be payable in the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans evidenced thereby, (iv) mature on the Maturity Date, (v) bear interest as provided in the appropriate clause of Section 1.08 in respect of the Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Loans, as the case may be, evidenced thereby, (vi) be subject to mandatory prepayment as provided in Section 4.02 and (vii) be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

(c) Each Bank will note on its internal records the amount of each Loan made by it and each payment in respect thereof and will, prior to any transfer of any of its Notes, endorse on the reverse side thereof the outstanding principal amount of Loans evidenced thereby. Failure to make any such notation shall not affect Borrower's obligations in respect of such Loans.

1.06 CONVERSIONS. Borrower shall have the option to convert on any Business Day all or a portion (which portion shall be at least equal to the applicable Minimum Borrowing Amount) of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans owing pursuant to the Facility into a Borrowing or Borrowings pursuant to the Facility of another Type of Loan; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) if any Eurodollar Loan is converted into Base Rate Loans other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto Borrower shall pay to the Banks all amounts related to such conversion that are due pursuant to Section 1.11, (ii) no partial conversion of a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount applicable thereto, (iii) no Base Rate Loans may be converted into Eurodollar Loans at any time when a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the conversion if the Administrative Agent or the Required Banks have reasonably determined that such a conversion would be disadvantageous to the Banks and (iv) Borrowings of Eurodollar Loans resulting from this Section 1.06 shall be limited in number as provided in Section
1.02. Each such conversion shall be effected by Borrower by giving the Administrative Agent at its Notice Office, prior to 12:00 Noon (New York time), at least three Business Days' (or one Business Day's, in the case of a conversion into Base Rate Loans) prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) (each a "NOTICE OF CONVERSION") specifying the Loans to be so converted, the Type of Loans to be converted into and, if to be converted into a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall give each Bank prompt notice of any such proposed conversion affecting any of its Loans.

1.07 PRO RATA BORROWINGS. All Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Banks PRO RATA on the basis of their Commitments. It is understood that no Bank shall be responsible for any default by any other Bank in its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Bank shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Bank to fulfill its commitments hereunder.

1.08 INTEREST. (a) The unpaid principal amount of each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at a rate PER ANNUM, which shall at all times be equal to the sum of the Base Rate in effect from time to time, PLUS the Applicable Base Rate Margin.

(b) The unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest at a rate PER ANNUM which shall at all times be equal to the sum of the relevant Eurodollar Rate, PLUS the Applicable Eurodollar Margin.

(c) All overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest in respect of each Loan and any other overdue amount payable hereunder shall bear interest at a rate PER ANNUM equal to the greater of (x) 2% PER ANNUM in excess of the rate otherwise applicable to Base Rate Loans from time to time and (y) the rate which is 2% in excess of the rate (including any applicable margin) then borne by such Loans, in each case with such interest payable on demand; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Loan shall bear interest after maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate PER ANNUM less than 2% plus the rate of interest applicable thereto at maturity; PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that in no event shall any amount payable hereunder bear interest in excess of the maximum amount permitted by applicable law.

(d) Interest shall accrue from and including the date of any Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and shall be payable (i) in respect of each Base Rate Loan, quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day of each March, June, September and December, (ii) in respect of each Eurodollar Loan, in arrears on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period of six months, on the date occurring three months after the first day of such Interest Period and
(iii) in respect of each Loan, on any prepayment or conversion (other than the prepayment and conversion of Base Rate Loans) (on the amount prepaid or converted), at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and, after such maturity, on demand.

(e) All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 12.07(b).

(f) The Administrative Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for any Interest Period, shall promptly notify Borrower and the Banks thereof.

1.09 INTEREST PERIODS. (a) At the time Borrower gives a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion in respect of the making of, or conversion into, a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, in the case of the initial Interest Period applicable thereto, or prior to 12:00 Noon (New York time) on the third Business Day prior to the expiration of an Interest Period applicable to a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, Borrower shall have the right to elect by giving the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period shall, at the option of Borrower, be a one, two, three or six month period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above:

(i) the initial Interest Period for any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

(ii)if any Interest Period begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which such Interest Period ends, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month;

(iii) if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day which is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day;

(iv) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date; and

(v) no Interest Period may be elected at any time when a Default or Event of Default is then in existence if the Administrative Agent or the Required Banks have reasonably determined that such an election at such time would be disadvantageous to the Banks.

(b) If upon the third Business Day prior to the expiration of any Interest Period, Borrower has failed to (or may not) elect a new Interest Period to be applicable to the respective Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans as provided above, Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing into a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period.

1.10 INCREASED COSTS, ILLEGALITY, ETC. (a) In the event that (x) in the case of clause (i) below, the Administrative Agent or (y) in the case of clauses (ii) and
(iii) below, any Bank shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):

(i) on any date for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period that, by reason of any changes arising after the date of this Agreement affecting the interbank Eurodollar market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of Eurodollar Rate; or

(ii) at any time, that such Bank shall incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to any Eurodollar Loans (other than any increased cost or reduction in the amount received or receivable resulting from the imposition of or a change in the rate or basis of net income taxes, franchise taxes, or similar charges) because of (x) any change since the date of this Agreement in any applicable law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or in the interpretation or administration thereof and including the adoption of any new law or governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order) (such as, for example, but not limited to, a change in official reserve requirements, but, in all events, excluding reserves required under Regulation D to the extent included in the computation of the Eurodollar Rate) and/or (y) other circumstances occurring after the date of this Agreement and affecting the interbank Eurodollar market; or

(iii) at any time, that the making or continuance of any Eurodollar Loan has become unlawful by compliance by such Bank in good faith with any law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline (or would conflict with any such governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law but with which such Bank customarily complies even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful);

then, and in any such event, such Bank (or the Administrative Agent in the case of clause (i) above) shall
(x) on such date and (y) within ten Business Days of the date on which such event no longer exists, give notice (by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower and, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, to the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Banks). Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i) above, Eurodollar Loans shall no longer be available until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies Borrower and the Banks that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist, which notice the Administrative Agent agrees to promptly deliver to Borrower as soon as practicable after becoming aware of the absence of such circumstances, and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion given by Borrower with respect to Eurodollar Loans which have not yet been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by Borrower, (y) in the case of clause
(ii) above, Borrower shall, subject to Section 1.12(b) (to the extent applicable), pay to such Bank, upon written demand therefor, such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Bank in its reasonable discretion shall determine) as shall be required to compensate such Bank for such increased costs or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (a written notice as to the additional amounts owed to such Bank, showing the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to Borrower by such Bank shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) and (z) in the case of clause (iii) above, Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in Section 1.10(b) as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time period required by law.

(b) At any time that any Eurodollar Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section 1.10(a)(ii) or (iii), Borrower may (and in the case of a Eurodollar Loan affected pursuant to Section 1.10(a)(iii), Borrower shall) either (i) if the affected Eurodollar Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel said Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that Borrower was notified by a Bank pursuant to
Section 1.10(a)(ii) or (iii), or (ii) if the affected Eurodollar Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days' notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Bank to convert each such Eurodollar Loan into a Base Rate Loan; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if more than one Bank is affected at any time, then all affected Banks must be treated the same pursuant to this Section 1.10(b).

(c) If any Bank shall have reasonably determined that after the date of this Agreement, the adoption or effectiveness of any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by such Bank with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law but with which such Bank customarily complies even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Bank's capital or assets as a consequence of its commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Bank could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Bank's policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, within 15 days after demand by such Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), Borrower shall, subject to
Section 1.12(b) (to the extent applicable), pay to such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank for such reduction. Each Bank, upon determining in good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 1.10(c), will give prompt written notice thereof to Borrower, which notice shall set forth the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, although, subject to Section 1.12(b), the failure to give any such notice shall not release or diminish any of Borrower's obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 1.10(c) upon the subsequent receipt of such notice.

1.11 COMPENSATION. Borrower shall compensate each Bank, upon its written request (which request shall set forth the basis for requesting such compensation), for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, any loss, expense or liability incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds required by such Bank to fund its Eurodollar Loans but excluding in any event the loss of anticipated profits or other consequential damages) which such Bank may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by such Bank or the Administrative Agent) a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion (whether or not withdrawn by Borrower or deemed withdrawn pursuant to Section 1.10(a)); (ii) if any prepayment, repayment or conversion of any of its Eurodollar Loans occurs on a date which is not the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto; (iii) if any prepayment of any of its Eurodollar Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by Borrower; or (iv) as a consequence of (x) any other default by Borrower to repay its Eurodollar Loans when required by the terms of this Agreement or (y) an election made pursuant to Section 1.10(b).

1.12 CHANGE OF LENDING OFFICE. (a) Each Bank agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 1.10(a)(ii) or (iii), 1.10(c), 2.06 or 4.04 with respect to such Bank, it will, if requested by Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Bank) to designate another lending office for any Loan, Letters of Credit or Commitments affected by such event; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such designation is made on such terms that such Bank and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section. Nothing in this Section 1.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of Borrower or the right of any Bank provided in Section 1.10, 2.06 or 4.04.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any notice required by Section 1.10, 1.11, 2.06 or 4.04 is given by any Bank more than 180 days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the additional costs of the type described in such Section, such Bank shall not be entitled to compensation under
Section 1.10, 1.11, 2.06 or 4.04 for any amounts incurred or accruing prior to 180 days prior to the giving of such notice to Borrower.

1.13 REPLACEMENT OF BANKS. (x) Upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of
Section 1.10(a)(ii) or (iii), Section 1.10(c), Section 2.06 or Section 4.04 with respect to any Bank which results in such Bank charging to Borrower increased costs in excess of those being generally charged by the other Banks or becoming incapable of making Eurodollar Loans, (y) if a Bank becomes a Defaulting Bank and/or (z) as provided in
Section 12.12(b), in the case of a refusal by a Bank to consent to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to this Agreement which has been approved by the Required Banks, Borrower shall have the right, if no Default or Event of Default then exists, to replace such Bank (the "REPLACED BANK") with one or more other Eligible Transferee or Eligible Transferees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, none of which Eligible Transferees shall constitute a Defaulting Bank at the time of such replacement (collectively, the "REPLACEMENT BANK"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) at the time of any replacement pursuant to this Section 1.13, the Replacement Bank shall enter into one or more Assignment and Assumption Agreements pursuant to Section 12.04(b) (and with all fees payable pursuant to said Section 12.04(b) to be paid by the Replacement Bank) pursuant to which the Replacement Bank shall acquire all of the Commitments and outstanding Loans of, and in each case participations in Letters of Credit by, the Replaced Bank and, in connection therewith, shall pay to (x) the Replaced Bank in respect thereof an amount equal to the sum of (A) an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, all outstanding Loans of the Replaced Bank, (B) an amount equal to all Unpaid Drawings that have been funded by (and not reimbursed to) such Replaced Bank, together with all then unpaid interest with respect thereto at such time and (C) an amount equal to all accrued, but theretofore unpaid, Fees owing to the Replaced Bank pursuant to Section 3.01, and (y) the Letter of Credit Issuer an amount equal to such Replaced Bank's Percentage of any Unpaid Drawing (which at such time remains an Unpaid Drawing) to the extent such amount was not theretofore funded by such Replaced Bank, and (ii) all obligations of Borrower owing to the Replaced Bank (other than those specifically described in clause (i) above in respect of which the assignment purchase price has been, or is concurrently being, paid) shall be paid in full to such Replaced Bank concurrently with such replacement. Upon the execution of the respective Assignment and Assumption Agreements, the payment of amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above and, if so requested by the Replacement Bank, delivery to the Replacement Bank of a Note executed by Borrower, the Replacement Bank shall become a Bank hereunder and the Replaced Bank shall cease to constitute a Bank hereunder, except with respect to indemnification provisions applicable to the Replaced Bank under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such Replaced Bank.

SECTION 2. LETTERS OF CREDIT.

2.01 LETTERS OF CREDIT. (a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, Borrower may request a Letter of Credit Issuer to issue, at any time and from time to time on and after the Initial Borrowing Date and prior to the Maturity Date, and subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, such Letter of Credit Issuer agrees to issue from time to time, (x) for the account of Borrower and for the benefit of any holder (or any trustee, agent or other similar representative for any such holders) of L/C Supportable Obligations of Borrower or any Subsidiary, an irrevocable sight standby letter of credit, in a form customarily used by such Letter of Credit Issuer or in such other form as has been approved by such Letter of Credit Issuer (each such standby letter of credit, a "STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT") in support of such L/C Supportable Obligations and/or (y) for the account of Borrower and for the benefit of sellers of goods or materials to Borrower or any Subsidiary, an irrevocable sight letter of credit in a form customarily used by such Letter of Credit Issuer or in such other form as has been approved by such Letter of Credit Issuer (each such letter of credit, a "TRADE LETTER OF CREDIT", and each such Trade Letter of Credit and each Standby Letter of Credit, a "LETTER OF CREDIT") in support of commercial transactions of Borrower or any Subsidiary.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Letter of Credit shall be issued, the Stated Amount of which, when added to the Letter of Credit Outstandings (exclusive of Unpaid Drawings which are repaid on the date of, and prior to the issuance of, the respective Letter of Credit) at such time, would exceed either (x) $25,000,000 or (y) when added to the aggregate principal amount of all Loans made by Non-Defaulting Banks then outstanding, the Adjusted Total Commitment at such time; (ii) each Standby Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date occurring not later than one year after such Standby Letter of Credit's date of issuance although any Standby Letter of Credit may be extendable for successive periods of up to 12 months, but not beyond the Business Day next preceding the Maturity Date, on terms reasonably acceptable to the respective Letter of Credit Issuer and in no event shall any Standby Letter of Credit have an expiry date occurring later than the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date; and (iii) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars; and (iv) each Trade Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date occurring not later than the earlier of (x) the 30th day prior to the Maturity Date and (y) the date which is 180 days from the date of issuance of such Trade Letter of Credit, on terms acceptable to the respective Letter of Credit Issuer.

(c) To the extent that any provision of any application for any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with or in addition to the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

2.02 MINIMUM STATED AMOUNT. The initial Stated Amount of each Letter of Credit shall be not less than $10,000 or such lesser amount reasonably acceptable to the respective Letter of Credit Issuer.

2.03 LETTER OF CREDIT REQUESTS; REQUEST FOR ISSUANCE OF LETTER OF CREDIT. (a) Whenever it desires that a Letter of Credit be issued, Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent and the respective Letter of Credit Issuer written notice (including by way of telecopier) in the form of EXHIBIT C hereto prior to 1:00 P.M. (New York time) at least one Business Day (or such shorter period as may be acceptable to such Letter of Credit Issuer) prior to the proposed date of issuance (which shall be a Business Day) (each a "LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST"), which Letter of Credit Request shall include any documents that such Letter of Credit Issuer customarily requires in connection therewith.

(b) In the case of Standby Letters of Credit, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall, without cost to Borrower, promptly after the issuance of or amendment to any such Standby Letter of Credit, give the Administrative Agent, each Bank and Borrower written notice of such issuance or amendment accompanied by a copy of such issuance or amendment. In the case of Trade Letters of Credit, the Letter of Credit Issuer will furnish the Administrative Agent, by facsimile transmission, promptly on the first Business Day of each week a report of its daily aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings with respect to Trade Letters of Credit for the previous week. The Administrative Agent shall furnish each Bank, on the first day of each calendar month and on each Letter of Credit Fee payment date, with a report detailing the daily aggregate Letter of Credit Outstandings with respect to Trade Letters of Credit during such period.

2.04 AGREEMENT TO REPAY LETTER OF CREDIT PAYMENTS. (a) Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse each Letter of Credit Issuer, by making payment to the Administrative Agent at the Payment Office, for any payment or disbursement made by such Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit (each such amount so paid or disbursed until reimbursed, an "UNPAID DRAWING") within one Business Day of the date on which Borrower is notified by such Letter of Credit Issuer of such payment or disbursement with interest on the amount so paid or disbursed by such Letter of Credit Issuer, to the extent not reimbursed prior to 1:00 P.M. (New York time) on the date of such payment or disbursement, from and including the date paid or disbursed to but not including the date such Letter of Credit Issuer is reimbursed therefor at a rate PER ANNUM which shall be equal to the sum of the Base Rate as in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin (plus an additional 2% PER ANNUM if not reimbursed by the fourth Business Day after the date of such notice of payment or disbursement), such interest also to be payable on demand.

(b) Borrower's obligation under this Section 2.04 to reimburse the respective Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Unpaid Drawings (including, in each case, interest thereon) shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment which Borrower may have or have had against such Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or any Bank, including, without limitation, any defense based upon the failure of any drawing under a Letter of Credit to conform to the terms of the Letter of Credit (other than the failure of the respective Letter of Credit Issuer to determine that any documents required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they substantially comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit) or any non-application or misapplication by the beneficiary of the proceeds of such drawing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse any Letter of Credit Issuer for any wrongful payment made by such Letter of Credit Issuer under a Letter of Credit as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Letter of Credit Issuer as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

2.05 LETTER OF CREDIT PARTICIPATIONS.
(a) Immediately upon the issuance by any Letter of Credit Issuer of any Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each other Bank, and each such Bank (each a "PARTICIPANT") shall be deemed irrevocably and unconditionally to have purchased and received from such Letter of Credit Issuer, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation, to the extent of such Bank's Adjusted Percentage, in such Letter of Credit, each substitute letter of credit, each drawing made thereunder and the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement with respect thereto (although the Letter of Credit Fee shall be payable directly to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Banks as provided in Section 3.01(b) and the Participants shall have no right to receive any portion of any Facing Fees) and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto. Upon any change in the Commitments or Adjusted Percentages of the Banks pursuant to Section 12.04(b) or upon a Bank Default, it is hereby agreed that, with respect to all outstanding Letters of Credit and Unpaid Drawings, there shall be an automatic adjustment to the participations pursuant to this Section 2.05 to reflect the new Adjusted Percentages of the assigning and assignee Bank or of all Banks, as the case may be.

(b) In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, the respective Letter of Credit Issuer shall not have any obligation relative to the Participants other than to determine that any documents required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they substantially comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit. Any action taken or omitted to be taken by any Letter of Credit Issuer under or in connection with any Letter of Credit, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall not create for such Letter of Credit Issuer any resulting liability to the Participants.

(c) In the event that the respective Letter of Credit Issuer makes any payment under any Letter of Credit and Borrower shall not have reimbursed such amount in full to such Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 2.04(a), such Letter of Credit Issuer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Participant of such failure, and each Participant shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer, the amount of such Participant's Adjusted Percentage of such payment in Dollars and in same day funds; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Participant shall be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent its Adjusted Percentage of such unreimbursed amount for any wrongful payment made by such Letter of Credit Issuer under a Letter of Credit as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Letter of Credit Issuer. If the Administrative Agent so notifies any Participant required to fund an Unpaid Drawing under a Letter of Credit prior to 12:00 Noon (New York time) on any Business Day, such Participant shall make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the respective Letter of Credit Issuer such Participant's Adjusted Percentage of the amount of such payment on such Business Day in same day funds. If and to the extent such Participant shall not have so made its Adjusted Percentage of the amount of such Unpaid Drawing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer, such Participant agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer, forthwith on demand such amount, together with interest thereon, for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer at the overnight Federal Funds Effective Rate. The failure of any Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the respective Letter of Credit Issuer its Adjusted Percentage of any Unpaid Drawing under any Letter of Credit shall not relieve any other Participant of its obligation hereunder to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of such respective Letter of Credit Issuer its Adjusted Percentage of any payment under any Letter of Credit on the date required, as specified above, but no Participant shall be responsible for the failure of any other Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer such other Participant's Adjusted Percentage of any such payment.

(d) Whenever the respective Letter of Credit Issuer receives a payment of a reimbursement obligation as to which the Administrative Agent has received for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer any payments from the Participants pursuant to clause (c) above, such Letter of Credit Issuer shall pay to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to each Participant which has paid its Adjusted Percentage thereof, in Dollars and in same day funds, an amount equal to such Participant's Adjusted Percentage of the principal amount thereof and interest thereon accruing at the overnight Federal Funds Effective Rate after the purchase of the respective participations.

(e) The obligations of the Participants to make payments to the Administrative Agent for the account of the respective Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit shall be irrevocable and not subject to counterclaim, set-off or other defense or any other qualification or exception whatsoever (PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Participant shall be required to make payments resulting from such Letter of Credit Issuer's gross negligence or willful misconduct) and shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances, including, without limitation, any of the following circumstances:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents;

(ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit, any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), the Administrative Agent, the respective Letter of Credit Issuer, any Bank or other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying transaction between Borrower and the beneficiary named in any such Letter of Credit);

(iii) any draft, certificate or other document presented under the Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(iv) the surrender or impairment of any security for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the Credit Documents; or

(v) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default.

2.06 INCREASED COSTS. If at any time after the date of the Agreement, the adoption or effectiveness of any new applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof or any existing law, rule or regulation by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by the respective Letter of Credit Issuer or any Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law but with which such Bank customarily complies even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful) by any such authority, central bank or comparable agency shall either (i) impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, deposit, capital adequacy or similar requirement against Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Bank's participation therein, or (ii) shall impose on such Letter of Credit Issuer or any Bank any other conditions affecting this Agreement, any Letter of Credit or such Bank's participation therein; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Bank of issuing, maintaining or participating in any Letter of Credit, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Bank hereunder (other than any increased cost or reduction in the amount received or receivable resulting from the imposition of or a change in the rate or basis of net income taxes, franchise taxes or similar charges), then, upon demand to Borrower by such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Bank (a copy of which notice shall be sent by such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Bank to the Administrative Agent), Borrower shall, subject to Section 1.12(b) (to the extent applicable), pay to such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Bank for such increased cost or reduction. A certificate submitted to Borrower by the respective Letter of Credit Issuer or such Bank, as the case may be (a copy of which certificate shall be sent by such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Bank to the Administrative Agent), setting forth the basis for the determination of such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Bank as aforesaid shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower absent manifest error, although the failure to deliver any such certificate shall not, subject to Section 1.12(b), release or diminish any of Borrower's obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.06 upon the subsequent receipt thereof.

2.07 INDEMNITIES. Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse and indemnify the respective Letter of Credit Issuer for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of whatsoever kind or nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by such Letter of Credit Issuer in performing its respective duties in any way relating to or arising out of its issuance of Letters of Credit; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Borrower shall not be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Letter of Credit Issuer's gross negligence or willful misconduct or the failure of the respective Letter of Credit Issuer to determine that any documents required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they substantially comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit. To the extent the respective Letter of Credit Issuer is not indemnified by Borrower, the Participants will reimburse and indemnify such Letter of Credit Issuer, in proportion to their respective Percentages, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of whatsoever kind or nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by such Letter of Credit Issuer in performing its respective duties in any way relating to or arising out of its issuance of Letters of Credit; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Participants shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Letter of Credit Issuer's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

SECTION 3. FEES; COMMITMENTS.

3.01 FEES. (a) Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent a commitment commission ("COMMITMENT COMMISSION") PRO RATA for the account of each Non-Defaulting Bank for the period from and including the date hereof to, but not including, the date the Total Commitment has been terminated, which Commitment Commission shall be equal to the Applicable Commitment Commission Percentage, computed at such rate for each day, on the daily amount of such Bank's Available Unutilized Commitment. Such Commitment Commission shall be due and payable in arrears on the first Business Day of each March, June, September and December and on the date upon which the Total Commitment is terminated.

(b) Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Non-Defaulting Bank PRO RATA on the basis of their respective Adjusted Percentages, a fee in respect of each Letter of Credit (the "LETTER OF CREDIT FEE") computed at a rate PER ANNUM equal to the Applicable Eurodollar Margin then in effect on the daily Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit. Accrued Letter of Credit Fees shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year and on the date after the Total Commitment is terminated and no Letters of Credit remain outstanding.

(c) Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Letter of Credit Issuer a fee in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by it (the "FACING FEE") computed at the rate of 1/8 of 1.00% PER ANNUM on the daily Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the annual Facing Fee to any Letter of Credit Issuer be less than $500 per Letter of Credit. Accrued Facing Fees shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year and on the date after the Total Commitment is terminated and no Letters of Credit remain outstanding.
(d) Borrower agrees to pay directly to the respective Letter of Credit Issuer upon each issuance of, payment under, and/or amendment of, a Letter of Credit issued by it such amount as shall at the time of such issuance, payment or amendment be the administrative charge and expenses which such Letter of Credit Issuer is customarily charging for issuances of, payments under, or amendments of, letters of credit issued by it.

(e) Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent (x) on the Initial Borrowing Date for its own account and/or for distribution to the Banks such Fees as heretofore agreed in writing by Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (y) for its own account such other Fees as agreed to in writing between Borrower and the Administrative Agent, when and as due.

(f) All computations of Fees shall be made in accordance with Section 12.07(b).

3.02 VOLUNTARY REDUCTION OF COMMITMENTS. Upon at least three Business Days' prior written notice (or telephonic notice confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent at its Notice Office (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Banks), Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, to terminate or partially reduce the Total Unutilized Commitment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (w) any such termination shall apply to proportionately and permanently reduce the Commitment of each Bank, (x) no such reduction shall reduce any Non-Defaulting Bank's Commitment to an amount that is less than the sum of (A) the outstanding Loans of such Bank plus (B) such Bank's Adjusted Percentage of Letter of Credit Outstandings and (y) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section 3.02 shall be in the amount of at least $500,000 and in integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof.

3.03 MANDATORY ADJUSTMENTS OF COMMITMENTS, ETC. (a) The Total Commitment shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(b) In addition to any other mandatory commitment reductions pursuant to this Section 3.03, on the Business Day immediately after (1) with respect to clauses
(i) and (iii) of this Section 3.03(b), the date on which the Section 3.03(b)(i) Remainder or the Section
3.03(b)(iii) Remainder, as the case may be, is finally determined or (2) with respect to clause (ii) of this
Section 3.03(b), the date of receipt thereof by Borrower and/or any Subsidiary, the Total Commitment shall be permanently reduced by an amount equal to 100% of:

(i) the remainder of (x) the Net Cash Proceeds arising from any Asset Disposition, LESS (y) the aggregate dollar amount of such Net Cash Proceeds utilized to (1) so long as the Indenture is in effect, acquire one or more Replacement Assets (as defined in the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof) within 270 days of the related Asset Disposition or date of the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, (2) acquire capital assets related to the core business of Borrower within 270 days of the related Asset Disposition or date of the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or (3) so long as the Indenture is in effect, purchase outstanding Senior Secured Notes pursuant to an offer to purchase (effected in accordance with the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof) such outstanding Senior Secured Notes permitted or required by the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof to be made as a result of such Asset Disposition (the remainder of
(x) less (y), the "SECTION 3.03(b)(i) REMAINDER");

(ii) the Net Financing Proceeds arising from any Debt Issuance; and

(iii) the remainder of (x) the aggregate amount of cash payments received by Borrower or any Subsidiary from any Recovery Event arising as a result of a Total Loss (net of any applicable taxes and expenses incurred as a result thereof), LESS (y) the aggregate dollar amount of such cash payments utilized to (1) so long as the Indenture is in effect, acquire one or more Replacement Assets (as defined in the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof) within 270 days of the related Total Loss or date of the receipt of such cash payments, (2) repair or replace the damaged property which is the subject of such Total Loss or acquire capital assets related to the core business of Borrower within 270 days of the date of the related Total Loss or receipt of such cash payments or (3) so long as the Indenture is in effect, purchase outstanding Senior Secured Notes pursuant to an offer to purchase (effected in accordance with the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof) such outstanding Senior Secured Notes permitted or required by the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof to be made as a result of such Total Loss (the remainder of (x) less
(y), the "SECTION 3.03(b)(iii) REMAINDER").

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.03(b) to the contrary, so long as the Indenture and the Security Documents are in effect, to the extent that the provisions of this Section 3.03(b) conflict with any action required to be taken (or prohibited to be taken) by Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to the Indenture or the Security Documents (in each case as in effect on the date hereof), Borrower and the Subsidiaries may comply with the Indenture and the Security Documents to such extent as is necessary to avoid any breach or default thereunder and such compliance, if resulting in non-compliance with the terms hereof, shall not be a breach or default by Borrower or any Subsidiary of the provisions of this Section 3.03(b).

(c) Each reduction of the Total Commitment pursuant to this Section 3.03 shall apply proportionately to the Commitment of each Bank.

SECTION 4. PAYMENTS.

4.01 VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS. Borrower shall have the right to prepay Loans in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, from time to time on the following terms and conditions: (i) Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Payment Office written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of its intent to prepay the Loans, the amount of such prepayment and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the specific Borrowing or Borrowings pursuant to which made, which notice shall be given by Borrower at least one Business Day prior to the date of such prepayment with respect to Base Rate Loans and two Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment with respect to Eurodollar Loans, which notice shall promptly be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to each of the Banks; (ii) each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount of at least $500,000 and, if greater, in an integral multiple of $100,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no partial prepayment of Eurodollar Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing shall reduce the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount applicable thereto; (iii) if any Eurodollar Loan is prepaid pursuant to this Section 4.01 other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto Borrower shall pay to the Banks all amounts due under Section 1.11 with respect to such prepayment; and (iv) each prepayment in respect of any Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing shall be applied PRO RATA among the Banks which made such Loans; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that at Borrower's election in connection with any prepayment of Loans pursuant to this Section 4.01, such prepayment shall not be applied to any Loans of a Defaulting Bank.

4.02 MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS.

(A) REQUIREMENTS:

(a) (i) If on any date the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans made by Non-Defaulting Banks and the Letter of Credit Outstandings exceeds the Adjusted Total Commitment as then in effect, Borrower shall repay on such date the principal of Loans of Non-Defaulting Banks, in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. If, after giving effect to the repayment of all outstanding Loans of Non-Defaulting Banks, the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Outstandings exceeds the Adjusted Total Commitment then in effect, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount in cash and/or Cash Equivalents equal to such excess (up to the aggregate amount of the Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time) and the Administrative Agent shall hold such payment as security for the obligations of Borrower hereunder pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which shall permit certain investments in Cash Equivalents satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, until the proceeds are applied to the secured obligations).

(ii) If on any date the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans made by a Defaulting Bank exceeds the Commitment of such Defaulting Bank, Borrower shall repay the principal of Loans of such Defaulting Bank in an amount equal to such excess.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement, all then outstanding Loans shall be repaid in full on the Maturity Date.

(B) APPLICATION:

With respect to each prepayment of Loans required by Section 4.02, Borrower may designate the Types of Loans which are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing or Borrowings under the Facility pursuant to which made; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) Eurodollar Loans may only be repaid if no Base Rate Loans of Non-Defaulting Banks remain outstanding; (ii) if any prepayment of Eurodollar Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be immediately converted into Base Rate Loans; and (iii) each prepayment of any Loans made by Non-Defaulting Banks pursuant to a Borrowing shall be applied PRO RATA among the Non-Defaulting Banks which made such Loans. In the absence of a designation by Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its sole discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section
1.11. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 4.02(B), if at any time the mandatory prepayment of Loans pursuant to Section 4.02(A) above would result, after giving effect to the procedures set forth above, in Borrower incurring breakage costs under Section 1.11 as a result of Eurodollar Loans being prepaid other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (the "AFFECTED EURODOLLAR LOANS"), then Borrower may in its sole discretion initially deposit a portion (up to 100%) of the amounts that otherwise would have been paid in respect of the Affected Eurodollar Loans with the Administrative Agent (which deposit must be equal in amount to the amount of the Affected Eurodollar Loans not immediately prepaid) to be held as security for the obligations of Borrower hereunder pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall provide for investments satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Borrower, with such cash collateral to be directly applied upon the first occurrence (or occurrences) thereafter of the last day of an Interest Period applicable to the relevant Loans that are Eurodollar Loans (or such earlier date or dates as shall be requested by Borrower) to repay an aggregate principal amount of such Loans equal to the Affected Eurodollar Loans not initially prepaid pursuant to this sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the immediately preceding sentence, all amounts deposited as cash collateral pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be held for the sole benefit of the Banks whose Loans would otherwise have been immediately prepaid with the amounts deposited and upon the taking of any action by the Administrative Agent or the Banks pursuant to the remedial provisions of Section 9, any amounts held as cash collateral pursuant to this Section 4.02(B) shall, subject to the requirements of applicable law, be immediately applied to the Loans.

4.03 METHOD AND PLACE OF PAYMENT. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the ratable (based on its PRO RATA share) account of the Banks entitled thereto, not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York time) on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds and in lawful money of the United States of America at the Payment Office, it being understood that written notice by Borrower to the Administrative Agent to make a payment from the funds in Borrower's account at the Payment Office shall constitute the making of such payment to the extent of such funds held in such account. Solely for purposes of calculating interest due on any amount owing hereunder, any payments under this Agreement which are made later than 1:00 P.M. (New York time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.

4.04 NET PAYMENTS. (a) All payments made by Borrower hereunder or under any Note will be made without setoff, counterclaim or other defense. Except as provided in Section 4.04(b), all such payments will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein with respect to such payments (but excluding, except as provided in the second succeeding sentence, any franchise or similar tax imposed on or measured by the net income or net profits of a Bank pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized or managed and controlled or the jurisdiction in which the principal office or applicable lending office of such Bank is located or any subdivision thereof or therein) and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto (other than interest, penalties, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges imposed or payable as a result of any action or inaction of such Bank not timely or properly taken by such Bank or non-compliance by such Bank with applicable law) (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges being referred to collectively as "TAXES"). If any Taxes are so levied or imposed, Borrower agrees to pay the full amount of such Taxes, and such additional amounts, if any, as may be necessary so that every payment of all amounts due under this Agreement or under any Note, after withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes, will not be less than the amount provided for herein or in such Note. If any amounts are payable in respect of Taxes pursuant to the preceding sentence, Borrower agrees to reimburse each Bank, upon the written request of such Bank, for taxes imposed on or measured by the net income or net profits of such Bank pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which the principal office or applicable lending office of such Bank is located or under the laws of any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such jurisdiction in which the principal office or applicable lending office of such Bank is located and for any withholding of taxes as such Bank shall determine are payable by, or withheld from, such Bank in respect of such amounts so paid to or on behalf of such Bank pursuant to the preceding sentence and in respect of any amounts paid to or on behalf of such Bank pursuant to this sentence. Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent within 45 days after the date the payment of any Taxes is due pursuant to applicable law certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by Borrower. Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Bank, and reimburse such Bank upon its written request, for the amount of any Taxes so levied or imposed and paid by such Bank.

(b) Each Bank that is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) agrees to deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of this Agreement, or in the case of a Bank that is an assignee or transferee of an interest under this Agreement pursuant to
Section 1.13 or 12.04 (unless the respective Bank was already a Bank hereunder immediately prior to such assignment or transfer), on the date of such assignment or transfer to such Bank, (i) two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 or 1001 (or successor forms) certifying to such Bank's entitlement to a complete exemption from United States withholding tax with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and under any Note, or (ii) if the Bank is not a "bank" within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and cannot deliver either Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224 pursuant to clause (i) above, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of EXHIBIT D hereto
(any such certificate, a "SECTION 4.04(b)(ii) CERTIFICATE") and (y) two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or successor form) certifying to such Bank's entitlement to a complete exemption from United States withholding tax with respect to payments of interest to be made under this Agreement and under any Note. In addition, each Bank agrees that from time to time after the date of this Agreement, when a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders the previous certification obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, it will deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent two new accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 or 1001, or Form W-8 and a Section 4.04(b)(ii) Certificate, as the case may be, and such other forms as may be required in order to confirm or establish the entitlement of such Bank to a continued exemption from or reduction in United States withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Note, or it shall immediately notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its inability to deliver any such Form or Certificate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 1.10, 2.06 or 4.04(a), but subject to Section 12.04(b) and the immediately succeeding sentence, (x) Borrower shall be entitled, to the extent it is required to do so by law, to deduct or withhold income or similar taxes imposed by the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) from interest, fees or other amounts payable hereunder for the account of any Bank which is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) for U.S. Federal income tax purposes to the extent that such Bank has not provided to Borrower U.S. Internal Revenue Service Forms that establish a complete exemption from such deduction or withholding and
(y) Borrower shall not be obligated pursuant to Section 1.10, 2.06 or 4.04(a) hereof to gross-up payments to be made to a Bank in respect of income or similar taxes imposed by the United States (I) if such Bank has not provided to Borrower the Internal Revenue Service Forms required to be provided to Borrower pursuant to this
Section 4.04(b) or (II) in the case of a payment, other than interest, to a Bank described in clause (ii) above, to the extent that such Forms do not establish a complete exemption from withholding of such taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding sentence or elsewhere in this Section 4.04 and except as set forth in Section 12.04(b), Borrower agrees to pay additional amounts and to indemnify each Bank in the manner set forth in Section 1.10, 2.06 or 4.04(a) (without regard to the identity of the jurisdiction requiring the deduction or withholding) in respect of any amounts deducted or withheld by it as described in the immediately preceding sentence as a result of any changes after the date of this Agreement in any applicable law, treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order, or in the interpretation thereof, relating to the deducting or withholding of income or similar Taxes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, such Bank shall provide to Borrower and the Administrative Agent any reasonably available applicable Internal Revenue Service tax form (reasonably similar in its simplicity and lack of detail to Internal Revenue Service Form 1001) necessary or appropriate for the exemption or reduction in the rate of such U.S. federal withholding tax.

(c) The provisions of this Section 4.04 shall be subject to Section 1.12(b) (to the extent applicable).

SECTION 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. The obligation of the Banks to make each Loan hereunder, and the obligation of the Letter of Credit Issuers to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, is subject, at the time of each such Credit Event (except as otherwise hereinafter indicated), to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

5.01 EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT AND NOTES. On or prior to the Effectiveness Date, (i) this Agreement shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto and (ii) there shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank the appropriate Note executed by Borrower, and in the amount, maturity and as otherwise provided herein.

5.02 NO DEFAULT; REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. As of the Effectiveness Date and at the time of each Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto,
(i) there shall exist no Default or Event of Default and
(ii) all representations and warranties contained herein or in each of the other Credit Documents in effect at such time shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Event (except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except to the extent that such representations and warranties are no longer true and correct due to any action or inaction permitted or required to be taken under the Credit Documents by Borrower or any Subsidiary).

5.03 OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE. On the Effectiveness Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate dated such date signed by the President, any Vice President or the Treasurer of Borrower stating that all of the applicable conditions set forth in Sections 5.02, 5.08(a) and 5.15 have been satisfied as of such date.

5.04 OPINIONS OF COUNSEL. On the Effectiveness Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received opinions, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each of the Banks and dated the Initial Borrowing Date, from (i) Baker & Botts, L.L.P., counsel to Borrower, which opinion shall cover the matters contained in EXHIBIT E-1 hereto,
(ii) James L. McCulloch, Vice President and General Counsel of Borrower, which opinion shall cover the matters contained in EXHIBIT E-2 hereto, and (iii) Cahill Gordon & Reindel, special counsel to the Administrative Agent, which opinion shall cover the matters contained in EXHIBIT E-3 hereto.

5.05 CORPORATE PROCEEDINGS. (a) On the Effectiveness Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received from each Credit Party a certificate, dated the Initial Borrowing Date, signed by the President, any Vice President or the Treasurer or other appropriate representative of such Credit Party in the form of EXHIBIT F hereto with appropriate insertions and deletions, together with copies of the certificate of formation or organization, the by-laws, or other organizational documents of such Credit Party, and the resolutions, or such other administrative approval, of such Credit Party referred to in such certificate.

(b) On the Effectiveness Date, all corporate and legal proceedings and all instruments and agreements in connection with the execution and delivery of the Credit Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall have received all information and copies of all certificates, documents and papers, including good standing certificates and any other records of corporate proceedings and governmental approvals, if any, which the Administrative Agent may have reasonably requested in connection therewith.

5.06 INDEBTEDNESS. On the Effectiveness Date,
(a) Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall not have any Indebtedness outstanding with a principal amount in excess of $10,000 except for (i) Loans and Letters of Credit,
(ii) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $225.0 million represented by the Senior Secured Notes, (iii) Existing Indebtedness and (iv) Existing L\C Facility Indebtedness and (b) the credit agreement dated June 24, 1993 among Borrower and certain Subsidiaries and Societe Generale, New York Branch shall have been terminated and all amounts owing thereunder shall have been repaid and the Administrative Agent shall have received written evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the same. On or prior to the Initial Borrowing Date, there shall have been delivered to the Banks copies, certified as true and correct by an appropriate officer of Borrower, of all agreements evidencing or relating to Existing Indebtedness (the "EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AGREEMENTS"), all of which Existing Indebtedness Agreements shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

5.07 ADVERSE CHANGE, ETC. As of the date of each Credit Event, nothing shall have occurred (and neither the Banks nor the Administrative Agent shall have become aware of any facts or conditions not previously known) which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine
(a) is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations to the Banks and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, or (b) is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.08 LITIGATION. On the Effectiveness Date, there shall be no actions, suits or proceedings by any administrative, governmental or other public authority or other Person pending or threatened (a) with respect to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or (b) which the Administrative Agent or the Required Banks shall reasonably determine is reasonably likely to, individually or in the aggregate, (i) have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) have a material adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations to the Banks and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents.

5.09 APPROVALS. On the Effectiveness Date, all material necessary governmental and third party approvals and consents in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and otherwise referred to therein shall have been obtained and remain in effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken by any competent authority which restrains or prevents such transactions or imposes, in the reasonable judgment of the Required Banks or the Administrative Agent, materially adverse conditions upon the consummation of such transactions.

5.10 FEES. On the Effectiveness Date, Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent and the Banks all Fees and expenses agreed upon by such parties to be paid on or prior to such date.

5.11 GUARANTY. On or prior to the Effectiveness Date, each Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary which owns or has chartered from a Person (other than Borrower or any Subsidiary) any Fleet Rig as of the Effectiveness Date and each Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary whose assets as of the Effectiveness Date constitute more than 5% of the combined book value of the assets of Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) as of the Effectiveness Date shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered a Guaranty in the form of EXHIBIT G hereto (as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, the "GUARANTY"), and the Guaranty shall be in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Unrestricted Subsidiary need be a Guarantor unless it is a guarantor of any Indebtedness of Borrower or of any Subsidiary (other than of an Unrestricted Subsidiary).

5.12 RIG MATTERS. (a)On or prior to the Effectiveness Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that as of the Effectiveness Date (A) Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) own and operate not less than 25 Fleet Rigs which have a Market Value, determined in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent by one of the Approved Shipbrokers, of at least $1.0 billion and (B) each Fleet Rig is classified in the highest class available for rigs of its age and type with the American Bureau of Shipping, Inc. or another internationally recognized classification society acceptable to the Administrative Agent, free of any requirements or recommendations, other than such requirements or recommendations which if not cured by the owner thereof would not materially diminish such Fleet Rig's value; and

(ii) reports from one of the Approved Shipbrokers setting forth the Market Value as of the Effectiveness Date of each Fleet Rig.

(b) On the date of each Credit Event, none of the Glomar Adriatic IX (Official No. 11490-81-D), Glomar Adriatic X (Official No. 10767-PEXT5), Glomar Adriatic XI (Official No. 21899-95), Glomar Baltic I (Official No. 663783), Glomar Celtic Sea (Official No. 25598-PEXT) Fleet Rigs and Borrower's leasehold interest in and other rights with respect to the Glomar Explorer (Official No. 547527) Fleet Rig shall be subject to any Lien, other than Liens permitted by Section 8.04 (except Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money) and such Fleet Rigs and leasehold interest and other rights shall have a Market Value at the Effectiveness Date, determined in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent by one of the Approved Shipbrokers, of at least $150.0 million.

5.13 INSURANCE REPORT. On or prior to the Effectiveness Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a detailed report from a firm of independent marine insurance brokers acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Required Banks, with respect to the insurance maintained by Borrower and the Subsidiaries in connection with the Fleet Rigs, together with a certificate from such broker certifying that such insurances are placed with such insurance companies and/or underwriters and/or clubs, in such amounts, against such risks, and in such form, as are normally insured against by similarly situated insureds.

5.14 PROJECTIONS. On or prior to the Effectiveness Date, the Banks shall have received detailed consolidated financial projections (including, but not limited to, forecasted statements of net income, cash flow and balance sheets and compliance with all financial covenants) (the "PROJECTIONS"), for Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1997, accompanied by a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of Borrower to the effect that such Projections are based on supporting assumptions and explanations believed by Borrower in good faith to be reasonable as to the future financial performance of Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the period covered, which Projections, the supporting assumptions and explanations thereto, and certificate shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and the Required Banks.

5.15 OFFSHORE DRILLING CONTRACTS. On the Effectiveness Date, all of the offshore drilling contracts described on ANNEX III hereto shall be in full force and effect.

5.16 MARGIN RULES. On the date of each Credit Event, neither the making of a Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate or be inconsistent with the provisions of Regulations G, T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event shall constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower to the Administrative Agent and each of the Banks that all of the applicable conditions specified above exist as of that time. All of the certificates, legal opinions and other documents and papers referred to in this Section 5, unless otherwise specified, shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent at its Notice Office for the account of each of the Banks and, except for the Notes, in sufficient counterparts or copies for each of the Banks and shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 6. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS. In order to induce the Banks to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue and/or participate in Letters of Credit provided for herein, Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to, and agreements with, the Banks, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans (with the making of each Credit Event thereafter being deemed to constitute a representation and warranty that the matters specified in this Section 6 are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of each such Credit Event, unless such representation and warranty expressly indicates that it is being made as of any specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date, and except to the extent that such representations and warranties are no longer true and correct due to any action or inaction permitted or required to be taken under the Credit Documents by Borrower or any Subsidiary):

6.01 STATUS. Borrower and each Subsidiary (i) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company or other business entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has the power and authority and has obtained all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals (a) to own its property and assets and (b) to transact the business in which it is engaged, except in such case where the failure to have such power and authority or to obtain such governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals, individually and in the aggregate, (x) is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and (y) is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations to the Banks and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, and (iii) is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified and where the failure to be so qualified, individually and in the aggregate, is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.02 POWER AND AUTHORITY. Each Credit Party has the power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of each Credit Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of each Credit Document to which it is a party. Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Credit Party, enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws generally affecting creditors' rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

6.03 NO VIOLATION. (a) Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof (i) will contravene any applicable provision of any law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality of the United States or any State thereof, (ii) will result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under (or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default under), or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are bound or to which it is subject or (iii) will violate any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of Borrower or any Subsidiary (except for, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above only, contraventions, breaches, defaults, creations or impositions which, individually and in the aggregate, (x) are not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and (y) are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations to the Banks and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents).

(b) Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is
(i) in contravention of any applicable provision of any law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality of the United States or any State thereof, (ii) in breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or in default under (or with notice or lapse of time or both would be in default under), any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are bound or to which it is subject or
(iii) in violation of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of Borrower or any Subsidiary (except for, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above only, contraventions, breaches or defaults which, individually and in the aggregate, (x) are not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and (y) are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations to the Banks and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents).

6.04 LITIGATION. There are no actions, suits or proceedings by an administrative, governmental or other public authority or other Person pending or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, threatened against or with respect to Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or assets which, individually or in the aggregate, (i) are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations to the Banks and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents.

6.05 USE OF PROCEEDS; MARGIN REGULATIONS. (a) The proceeds of all Loans shall be utilized to support Borrower's ongoing working capital needs or to provide for the general corporate purposes of Borrower.

(b) Neither the making of any Loan hereunder, nor the use of the proceeds thereof, will violate or be inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation G, T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock in violation of Regulation U or to extend credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock.

6.06 GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS. Except for the orders, consents, approvals, licenses, authorizations, validations, recordings, registrations and exemptions that have already been duly made or obtained and remain in full force and effect, no order, consent, approval, license, authorization, or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, any foreign or domestic governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, is necessary or is required to authorize or is required in connection with (i) the execution, delivery and performance of any Credit Document or (ii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Credit Document.

6.07 INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company," within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

6.08 PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a "holding company," or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

6.09 TRUE AND COMPLETE DISCLOSURE. All factual information (taken as a whole) heretofore or contemporaneously furnished for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated herein by or, to Borrower's knowledge, on behalf of Borrower or any Subsidiary in writing to (i) the Administrative Agent or any Bank or (ii) any Person providing information to the Administrative Agent or any Bank on behalf of Borrower or any Subsidiary is, and all other such factual information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by or, to Borrower's knowledge, on behalf of Borrower or any Subsidiary in writing to (i) the Administrative Agent or any Bank or (ii) any Person providing information to the Administrative Agent or any Bank on behalf of Borrower or any Subsidiary will be, true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided. The Projections contained in such materials are based on supporting estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons in good faith to be reasonable at the time made as to the future financial performance of Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the period covered, it being recognized by the Administrative Agent and the Banks that such Projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such Projections may differ from the projected results. There is no fact known to Borrower or any Subsidiary which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or which has not been disclosed herein or in such other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Banks for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

6.10 FINANCIAL CONDITION; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
(a) On and as of the date of each Credit Event, on a PRO FORMA basis after giving effect to all Indebtedness incurred, and to be incurred, by Borrower and the Subsidiaries in connection therewith, (x) the sum of the assets, at a fair valuation, of Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole will exceed their debts, (y) Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole will not have incurred or intended to, or believe that they will, incur debts beyond their ability to pay such debts as such debts mature and (z) Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct their business.

(b) (i) The consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and the Subsidiaries at December 31, 1995 and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended as of such date, which have been examined by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent certified public accountants, who delivered an unqualified opinion in respect thereof, and (ii) the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of September 30, 1996 and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the nine-month period then ended, copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Bank, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of such entities at the dates of said statements and the results for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP, except to the extent provided in the notes to said financial statements and, in the case of the September 30, 1996 statements, subject to normal and recurring year-end audit adjustments and the exclusion of detailed footnotes. All such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied except to the extent provided in the notes to said financial statements. Nothing has occurred since December 31, 1995 that has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as reflected in the financial statements and the notes thereto described in Section 6.10(b) or in ANNEX VII hereto, there were as of the Effectiveness Date no liabilities or obligations with respect to Borrower or any Subsidiary of a nature (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise and whether or not due) which, either individually or in aggregate, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.11 TAX RETURNS AND PAYMENTS. Borrower and each Subsidiary has filed all federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns, domestic and foreign, required to be filed by it and has paid all material taxes and assessments payable by it which have become due, other than those not yet delinquent and except for those contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established as is required by GAAP or which if unfiled or unpaid would not reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each Subsidiary has paid, or has provided adequate reserves (in accordance with GAAP) for the payment of, all federal, state and foreign income taxes applicable for all prior fiscal years and for the current fiscal year to the date hereof. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary knows of any proposed tax assessment against any such Person that is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and which is not being actively contested in good faith by such Person to the extent affected thereby by appropriate proceedings; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made or provided therefor.

6.12 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. (a) Each member of the ERISA Group (x) has fulfilled its obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and (y) is in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan other than any failure to so comply that is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No member of the ERISA Group has (i) sought a waiver of the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code in respect of any Plan within the preceding six years, (ii) failed to make any contribution or payment to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or in respect of any Benefit Arrangement, or made any amendment to any Plan or Benefit Arrangement, which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other security under ERISA or the Code or (iii) incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA within the preceeding six years other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums under
Section 4007 of ERISA. The amount of Unfunded Liabilities in the aggregate for all Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Plans which have a negative amount of Unfunded Liabilities) does not exceed $10.0 million.

(b) Each Foreign Pension Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities other than any failure to so comply that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Pension Plan. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Foreign Pension Plan, determined as of the end of Borrower's most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Foreign Pension Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by an amount that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.13 SUBSIDIARIES. ANNEX IV hereto lists each Subsidiary (and the direct and indirect ownership interest of Borrower therein), in each case existing on the date hereof. All the outstanding shares of Capital Stock of each Subsidiary have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except for any directors' qualifying shares) are owned by Borrower free and clear of all Liens, other than, so long as the Indenture is in effect, Liens created by the Security Documents.

6.14 PATENTS, ETC. Borrower and each Subsidiary has obtained all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and other rights (collectively, the "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY"), free from burdensome restrictions, that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as presently conducted and the failure to obtain which is reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. No claim is pending or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, threatened to the effect that the actions of Borrower or any Subsidiary infringe upon or conflict with the asserted rights of any other Person under any Intellectual Property, except for such claims which are not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, and, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, there is no basis for any such claim (whether or not pending or threatened). No claim is pending or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, threatened to the effect that any such Intellectual Property owned or licensed by Borrower or any Subsidiary or which Borrower or any Subsidiary otherwise has the right to use is invalid or unenforceable by Borrower or such Subsidiary, except for such claims which are not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, and, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, there is no basis for any such claim (whether or not pending or threatened).

6.15 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. (a) Borrower and each Subsidiary is in compliance with all Environmental Laws and is not subject to any liability under any Environmental Law except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. All licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals required for the business conducted and for the operations and facilities owned, leased or operated by Borrower and each Subsidiary under any Environmental Law have been obtained and Borrower and each Subsidiary is in compliance therewith, except such licenses, permits, registrations or approvals the failure to obtain or to comply therewith is not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in any respect in noncompliance with, breach of or default under any applicable writ, order, judgment, injunction, or decree to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party or which would affect the ability of Borrower or such Subsidiary to operate any Real Property, offshore drilling rig or other facility and no event has occurred and is continuing which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute noncompliance, breach of or default thereunder, except in each such case, such noncompliance, breaches or defaults which are not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no Environmental Claims pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower, threatened, against Borrower or any Subsidiary wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding is, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has received notice that it has been identified as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or any comparable foreign or state law, nor has Borrower or any Subsidiary received any written notification that any Hazardous Materials that it or any of their respective predecessors in interest has used, generated, stored, treated, handled, transported or disposed of, or arranged for disposal or treatment of, have been found at any location at which any Person is conducting or plans to conduct any action pursuant to any Environmental Law except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of Borrower or any Subsidiary, any of their respective predecessors in interest, are (x) listed or proposed for listing on the National Priorities List under CERCLA or (y) listed on the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System List promulgated pursuant to CERCLA or (z) included on any comparable lists maintained by any Governmental Authority except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no past or present events, conditions, activities, practices or actions, or any agreements, judgments, decrees or orders by which Borrower or any Subsidiary is bound, which would reasonably be expected to prevent Borrower's or any Subsidiary's compliance with any Environmental Law, or which would reasonably be expected to give rise to any liability of Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Environmental Law, or to cause any Real Property, offshore drilling rig or other facility owned, leased or operated by Borrower or any Subsidiary to be subject to any restriction on its ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any Environmental Law, except in each such case, such noncompliance, liability or restriction which is, individually or in the aggregate, not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Hazardous Materials have not at any time been
(i) generated, used, processed, treated, stored or disposed of on, at or under or transported to or from, any Real Property, offshore drilling rig or other facility at any time owned, leased or operated by Borrower or any Subsidiary or (ii) Released on, at, under or from any such Real Property, offshore drilling rig or other such facility, in each case where such occurrence, or event is, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.16 PROPERTIES. (a) Borrower and each Subsidiary has title to all material properties owned by them including all property reflected in the consolidated balance sheets of Borrower and the Subsidiaries as referred to in Section 6.10(b), free and clear of all Liens, other than (i) as referred to in the consolidated balance sheet or in the notes thereto or (ii) Permitted Liens.

(b) ANNEX VI hereto sets forth all the offshore drilling rigs owned or leased for more than two years by Borrower or any Subsidiary on the date hereof, and identifies the registered owner, flag, official or patent number, as the case may be, and the home port, class, location and operating status thereof on the date hereof.

6.17 LABOR RELATIONS. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is engaged in any unfair labor practice that is, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is (i) no unfair labor practice complaint pending against Borrower or any Subsidiary or threatened against any of them, before the National Labor Relations Board, and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is so pending against any of them or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, threatened against any of them, (ii) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending against Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary and (iii) no union representation petition existing with respect to the employees of and of them and no union organizing activities are taking place, except with respect to any matter specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, either individually or in the aggregate, such as is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.18 EXISITNG INDEBTEDNESS. ANNEX VII hereto sets forth a true and complete list of all Indebtedness of Borrower and each Subsidiary with a principal amount in excess of $10,000 on the date hereof and which is to remain outstanding thereafter, excluding (i) the Loans and the Letters of Credit, (ii) Indebtedness represented by the Senior Secured Notes, (iii) Existing L/C Facility Indebtedness and (iv) Indebtedness permitted under Sections 8.3(d) and (e) (the "EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS"), in each case showing the aggregate principal amount thereof and the name of the respective borrower (or issuer) and any other entity which directly or indirectly guaranteed such debt.

6.19 RIG CLASSIFICATION. Each offshore drilling rig owned or leased by Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than any offshore drilling rig which is under construction or is in the process of being upgraded) is classified in the highest class available for rigs of its age and type with the American Bureau of Shipping, Inc. or another internationally recognized classification society acceptable to the Administrative Agent ("IN CLASS"), free of any requirements or recommendations, other than such requirements or recommendations which if not cured by the owner thereof would not reasonably be likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

6.20 INSURANCE. Borrower and each Subsidiary has insured its properties and assets against such risks and in such amounts as are customary for companies engaged in similar businesses.

SECTION 7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees that on the date hereof and thereafter for so long as this Agreement is in effect and until the Commitments have terminated, no Letters of Credit or Notes are outstanding and the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder or under any other Credit Document, are paid in full:

7.01 INFORMATION COVENANTS. Borrower will furnish to each Bank:

(a) ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Within 95 days after the close of fiscal year 1996 and each other fiscal year of Borrower occurring after the date hereof, the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and the Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of operations and stockholders' equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, in each case setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the preceding fiscal year, and examined by independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing whose opinion shall not be qualified as to the scope of audit and as to the status of Borrower and the Subsidiaries as a going concern.

(b) QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. As soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the close of each of the first three quarterly accounting periods in fiscal 1997 and each fiscal year occurring after the date hereof, the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and the Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarterly period, and the related consolidated statements of operations and, if included in Borrower's reports filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, stockholders' equity for such quarterly period and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and the consolidated statement of cash flows for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and in each case setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the related period in the prior fiscal year, except with respect to the consolidated balance sheet, which shall be as of the end of the prior fiscal year, all of which shall be certified by the chief financial officer or controller of Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial conditions and results of operations of Borrower and the Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end audit adjustments and the exclusion of detailed footnotes.

(c) RIG STATUS REPORT. As soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the close of each quarterly accounting period occurring after the date hereof, a report detailing (i) as of such quarter end (A) location of each Fleet Rig owned or leased by Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (B) term of, and parties to, any contract pertaining to any such Fleet Rig and (ii) the average day rates and utilization (on a class and geographic region basis) for each Fleet Rig for such quarter on the date of such report.

(d) INSURANCE SUMMARY. At the Effectiveness Date and within 105 days after the close of each fiscal year of Borrower occurring after the date hereof, a summary of insurance carried by Borrower and each Subsidiary together with certificates of insurance and other evidence of such insurance.

(e) COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE. At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 7.01(a) and (b), a certificate of Borrower signed by its chief financial officer, controller or other Authorized Officer in the form of EXHIBIT H hereto to the effect that no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, which certificate shall set forth the calculations required to establish whether Borrower and the Subsidiaries were in compliance with the provisions of
Section 8 as at the end of such fiscal period or year, as the case may be.

(f) NOTICE OF DEFAULT OR LITIGATION. Promptly, and in any event within (x) five Business Days after an executive officer of Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notice of the occurrence of any event which constitutes a Default or Event of Default which notice shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof and what action Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto and (y) ten Business Days after an executive officer of Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notice of the commencement of or any significant development in any litigation or governmental proceeding pending against Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than to the extent that disclosure of the details thereof would, in the opinion of counsel to Borrower, compromise attorney-client privilege) (i) which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) which is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Credit Documents.

(G) AUDITORS' REPORTS. Promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy of each formal report or "management letter" submitted to Borrower by its independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by it of the books of Borrower.

(h) SEC REPORTS. Promptly upon transmission thereof, copies of any material filings and registrations with, and reports to, the SEC by Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than registrations on Form S-8 under the Securities Act, registrations of equity securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act which do not involve an underwritten public offering and reports on Form 11-K or pursuant to Section 16(a) under the Exchange Act) and copies of all financial statements, proxy statements, notices and reports as Borrower or any Subsidiary shall generally send to analysts or all holders of their Capital Stock in their capacity as such holders (in each case to the extent not theretofore delivered to the Banks pursuant to this Agreement).

(i) OTHER INFORMATION. From time to time, such other information or documents (financial or otherwise) as the Administrative Agent or any Bank may reasonably request.

7.02 BOOKS, RECORDS AND INSPECTIONS. Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, keep books of records and accounts in which entries will be made of all its business transactions to enable Borrower to prepare financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and will reflect in its financial statements adequate accruals and appropriations to reserves, all in accordance with GAAP. Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, permit, upon reasonable notice to the chief financial officer, controller or any other Authorized Officer of Borrower, officers and designated representatives of the Administrative Agent or any Bank (at the expense of Borrower if after an Event of Default) to visit and inspect any of the properties or assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary, and to examine the books of account of Borrower or any Subsidiary and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Borrower or of any Subsidiary with, and be advised as to the same by, its and their officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and intervals as the Administrative Agent or any Bank may desire.

7.03 MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE. Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, at all times maintain in full force and effect insurance in such amounts and of such types with such financially sound and reputable insurers covering such risks and liabilities and with such deductibles or self-insured retentions as are in accordance with normal industry practice for similarly situated insureds and which are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

7.04 PAYMENT OF TAXES. Borrower will pay and discharge, and will cause each Subsidiary to pay and discharge, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a Lien or charge upon any properties of Borrower or any Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP or which if unpaid would not reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.05 CONSOLIDATED CORPORATE FRANCHISES. Borrower will do, and will cause each Subsidiary to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, material rights and authority, unless the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any transaction permitted by Section 8.02 will not constitute a breach of this Section 7.05.

7.06 COMPLIANCE WITH STATUTES, ETC. Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, comply with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all governmental bodies, domestic or foreign, including without limitation all Environmental Laws and ERISA and the rules and regulations thereunder, other than those the non-compliance with which is not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or is not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Credit Documents.

7.07 GOOD REPAIR. Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, keep its properties and equipment used or useful in its business, in whomsoever's possession they may be, in good repair, working order and condition, normal wear and tear excepted, and, subject to Section 8.02 and the occurrence of a force majeure, see that from time to time there are made in such properties and equipment all needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, extensions, additions, betterments and improvements thereto, (i) to the extent and in the manner useful or customary for companies in similar businesses and (ii) to the extent where the failure to do so is, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Section 7.07, any Fleet Rig shall be deemed to be in good repair, working order and condition if such Fleet Rig is In Class.

7.08 END OF FISCAL YEARS; FISCAL QUARTERS. Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, for financial reporting purposes, have (i) each of its fiscal years to end on December 31 of each year and (ii) each of its fiscal quarters to end on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year.

7.09 USE OF PROCEEDS. All proceeds of the Loans shall be used as provided in Section 6.05.

7.10 RIG VALUATIONS. From and after January 1, 1998, at any time, but no more frequently than twice during any twelve month period, Borrower, at the request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Banks, will obtain an updated appraisal of the Fleet Rigs from an Approved Shipbroker, substantially in the form of the reports delivered pursuant to Section 5.12, confirming compliance with Section 8.11.

7.11 ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS. In the event that
(a) at any date (the "APPLICABLE DATE") the book value of the assets of any Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary), whether formed or acquired before or after the date hereof and whether or not existing on the date hereof, constitutes more than 5% of the combined book value at such date of the assets of Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries), (b) on any date any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) shall guarantee any Indebtedness of Borrower or any Subsidiary or (c) any Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary acquires any Fleet Rig owned or leased by Borrower or any Subsidiary on the Effectiveness Date, Borrower shall cause each such Subsidiary (unless already a Guarantor) (i) in the case of
(a) above, within 50 days after the end of the fiscal quarter in which such Applicable Date occurs; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if on any Applicable Date the book value of the assets of any Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary (excluding Investments in Borrower or any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) constitutes more than 20% of the combined book value at such date of the assets of Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) then within 10 days of the first date on which such 20% threshold is met, (ii) in the case of (b) above, within five Business Days and (iii) in the case of (c) above, within five Business Days of the first date on which any such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary acquires any such Fleet Rig, to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a counterpart of the Guaranty; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be required to be a Guarantor unless it is a guarantor of any Indebtedness of Borrower or of any Subsidiary (other than of an Unrestricted Subsidiary); PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that (i) in the event that all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor owned by Borrower or any Subsidiary is sold or otherwise disposed of or liquidated in compliance with the requirements of
Section 8.02 hereof (whether in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions and whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) (or such sale or other disposition has been approved in writing by the Required Banks (or all Banks if required by Section 12.12)), other than any such sale, disposition or liquidation to Borrower or any Subsidiary, such Guarantor shall be released from the Guaranty and the Guaranty shall, as to such Guarantor, terminate, and have no further force or effect (it being understood and agreed that the sale of any Person that owns, directly or indirectly, the Capital Stock of any Guarantor shall be deemed to be a sale of such Guarantor) and (ii) in the event that any Guarantor shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to and in accordance with Section 8.05(b) hereof, then such Guarantor (unless it is a guarantor of any Indebtedness of Borrower or of any Subsidiary (other than of an Unrestricted Subsidiary)) shall be released from the Guaranty and the Guaranty shall, as to such Guarantor, terminate, and have no further force or effect. The Administrative Agent and each Bank agree that Borrower may, on behalf of any Subsidiary released from the Guaranty, require the Administrative Agent, at the expense of Borrower, to execute and deliver to Borrower, for the benefit of any Person, a written release, disclaimer, termination or quitclaim, and such other release documents as Borrower may reasonably request to evidence such termination, and each Bank authorizes the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver such release, disclaimer, termination and other documents on behalf of such Bank without any further action by any Bank. For avoidance of doubt, the Subsidiaries' undertakings under the Indenture or the Security Documents, each as in effect on the date hereof, shall not for purposes of this Section 7.11 constitute a guarantee of Indebtedness of Borrower or any Subsidiary.

7.12 ERISA. As soon as possible and, in any event, within 10 days after Borrower, any Subsidiary or any member of the ERISA Group knows or has reason to know that any member of the ERISA Group (i) gives or is required to give notice to the PBGC of any "reportable event" (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) with respect to any Plan which might constitute grounds for a termination of such Plan under Title IV of ERISA, or knows that the plan administrator of any Plan has given or is required to give notice of any such reportable event, a copy of the notice of such reportable event given or required to be given to the PBGC; (ii) receives notice of complete or partial withdrawal liability under Title IV of ERISA or notice that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization, is insolvent or has been terminated, a copy of such notice; (iii) receives notice from the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA of an intent to terminate, impose liability (other than for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of, or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, a copy of such notice; (iv) applies for a waiver of the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code, a copy of such application; (v) gives notice of intent to terminate any Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, a copy of such notice and other information filed with the PBGC; (vi) gives notice of withdrawal from any Plan pursuant to Section 4063 of ERISA, a copy of such notice; or (vii) fails to make any payment or contribution to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or in respect of any Benefit Arrangement or makes any amendment to any Plan or Benefit Arrangement which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other security under ERISA or the Code, Borrower will deliver to each of the Banks a certificate of the chief financial officer of Borrower setting forth details as to such occurrence and the action, if any, that Borrower, such Subsidiary or such member of the ERISA Group is required or proposes to take, together with any notices required or proposed to be given to or filed with or by Borrower, such Subsidiary, the member of the ERISA Group, a plan participant or the plan administrator. Upon written request Borrower will deliver to each of the Banks a complete copy of the annual report (Form 5500) of each Plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) (including, to the extent required, the related financial statements and opinions and other supporting statements, certifications, schedules and information) required to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service, if any.

7.13 PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS. Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) to, perform in all material respects all of its obligations under the terms of each mortgage, indenture, security agreement, other debt instrument and material contract by which it is bound or to which it is a party (including, without limitation, the Indenture and the Security Documents), except where such nonperformance is not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees that as of the date hereof and thereafter for so long as this Agreement is in effect and until the Commitments have terminated, no Letters of Credit or Notes are outstanding and the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder or under any other Credit Document, are paid in full:

8.01 CHANGES IN BUSINESS. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) to, materially alter the character of the business of Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole from that conducted at the Effectiveness Date (including any material expansion outside of the offshore contract drilling and production services, drilling management services and oil and gas exploration and production businesses); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this
Section 8.01 shall not restrict the making of any Investment expressly permitted by Section 8.05.

8.02 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OF ASSETS, ETC. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) to, directly or indirectly, wind up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs, or enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its property or assets (other than inventory or worn-out or obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business) or agree (unless such agreement is conditioned upon a waiver of this provision by the Banks hereunder) to do any of the foregoing at any future time, except that each of the following shall be permitted:

(a) (i) any Subsidiary may be merged or consolidated with or into, or be liquidated or dissolved into, Borrower (so long as Borrower is the surviving corporation) or any other Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) so long as a Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) is the surviving Person and (ii) all or any part of the business, properties and assets of any Subsidiary may be conveyed, leased, sold or transferred to Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if any such transaction involves a Guarantor and any other Subsidiary and the surviving or transferee Person is not a Guarantor (unless such surviving or transferee Person is Borrower) then immediately after such transaction Borrower shall cause such surviving or transferee Person to execute and deliver a counterpart to the Guaranty;

(b) Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to
Section 8.05 and any bare boat charter permitted by
Section 8.08; and

(c) any sale or disposition of assets; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (x) (A) the Total Commitment shall be reduced to the extent and when required by Section 3.03(b) and (B) all proceeds thereof shall be used without violating the provisions of Section 8.01 and
(y) each such sale or disposition shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof (as determined by the Board of Directors of Borrower in the case of sales or dispositions in excess of $10.0 million).

8.03 INDEBTEDNESS. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, contract, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Credit Documents;

(b) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $225.0 million represented by the Senior Secured Notes, and any refinancing, extension, renewal, rearrangement or replacement of all, but not less than all, of such Indebtedness pursuant to an offering of debt securities of Borrower (which may be guaranteed by the Guarantors on terms no more favorable to the holders of such debt securities than the Guaranty) which (i) are not in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes then outstanding, PLUS any premium required by the terms of the Senior Secured Notes or reasonably incurred to refinance the Senior Secured Notes, PLUS expenses, discounts and commissions related to such offering;
(ii) are unsecured; (iii) do not have a maturity or any mandatory sinking fund or retirement requirements prior to the Maturity Date; and (iv) do not have covenants or events of default less favorable to Borrower or any Subsidiary than the Senior Secured Notes as in effect on the date hereof;

(c) Existing Indebtedness and other Indebtedness existing on the Effectiveness Date with a principal amount not exceeding $10,000;

(d) intercompany Indebtedness between Borrower and any Subsidiary (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) or between Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness owing from any Subsidiary which is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary to any Unrestricted Subsidiary) so long as such Indebtedness is held by Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary);

(e) Non-Recourse Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(f) Existing L/C Facility Indebtedness and other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, when aggregated with the Existing L/C Facility Indebtedness, $10.0 million at any time outstanding.

8.04 LIENS. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of Borrower or any Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or sell any such property or assets subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such property or assets (including sales of accounts receivable or notes with recourse to Borrower or any Subsidiary) or assign any right to receive income, or file or permit the filing of any financing statement under the UCC or any other similar notice of Lien under any similar recording or notice statute, except:

(a) Liens for taxes not yet due or Liens for taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves (as may be required by GAAP) have been established;

(b) Liens imposed by law which were incurred in the ordinary course of business, such as carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens, statutory landlord's Liens, maritime Liens, drilling contracts and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, and (x) which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of Borrower's or any Subsidiary's property or assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the business of Borrower or any Subsidiary or (y) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (including the providing of bail), which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to such Lien or procuring the release of the property or assets subject to such Lien from arrest or detention;

(c) Liens created in favor of the Banks or the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Banks;

(d) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on ANNEX VIII hereto;

(e) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments (or securing of appeal bonds with respect thereto) to the extent not covered by insurance, the obligations in connection therewith do not exceed $10.0 million and otherwise in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.07;

(f) Liens existing on property or assets acquired by Borrower or any Subsidiary or on property or assets of any Person which becomes a Subsidiary upon such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such Lien shall not extend to or cover any other property or assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary and such Liens were not incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such acquisition;

(g) any interest or title of a lessor or charterer under any lease permitted by this Agreement;

(h) Liens only on assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries securing Non-Recourse Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 8.03(e); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such Liens do not extend to or cover any other property or assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary which is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants, reservations or restrictions on the use of real property or minor irregularities of title incident thereto;

(j) Liens for crews' wages (including wages of the muster and the seamen to the extent provided by 46 U.S.C. Section 10317, as amended) or salvage (including contract salvage) and general average, or wages of stevedores when employed directly by a person listed in 46 U.S.C. Section 31341, as amended, or similar claims arising under laws of other jurisdictions;

(k) Liens to secure any extensions, renewals or refinancings (or successive extensions, renewals or refinancings), in whole or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (j) so long as such Lien does not extend to or cover any other property or assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(l) Liens securing the Senior Secured Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Security Documents, each as in effect on the date hereof;

(m) Liens permitted to be in existence pursuant to Article I, Section 5 of the Rig Mortgages (as defined in the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof) and any Lien arising as a result of any bare boat charter permitted under Section 8.08;

(n) negative pledges; and

(o) Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding.

8.05 RESTRICTED PAYMENTS; DESIGNATION OF UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES. (a) Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) to, make any Restricted Payment, except:

(i) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, Borrower and the Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments after the date hereof in an amount not to exceed in the aggregate the sum of (v) $100.0 million, PLUS (w) 50% of the excess, if any of (1) the aggregate Consolidated Net Income for the period beginning January 1, 1997 and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of such proposed Restricted Payment over (2) $200.0 million (or, if such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, MINUS 100% of such deficit), PLUS (x) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by Borrower (i) either as capital contributions to Borrower after the date hereof or (ii) from the issue and sale (other than to any Subsidiary) of its Qualified Capital Stock after the date hereof (excluding the net proceeds from any issuance and sale of Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from Borrower or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid), PLUS (y) (to the extent not included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income) the amount of cash dividends or cash contributions (other than to pay taxes) received by Borrower from any Unrestricted Subsidiary after the date hereof, MINUS (z) the greater of (i) $0 and (ii) the Designation Amount (measured as of the date of Designation) with respect to any Subsidiary which has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to and in accordance with subparagraph
(b) of this Section 8.05; PROVIDED, HOWEVER that (a) Borrower shall not be permitted to make any Restricted Payments which are Dividends on Borrower's Capital Stock pursuant to this clause (i) unless the Senior Secured Notes shall have been repaid in full and (b) Borrower shall not be permitted to make any Restricted Payment which is a Dividend on Borrower's Capital Stock pursuant to this clause (i) unless Excess Cash Flow for the four consecutive complete fiscal quarters then last ended after the date hereof immediately prior to the payment of such Dividend exceeds the sum of (I) all Dividends paid during the four consecutive complete fiscal quarters then last ended after the date hereof immediately prior to the payment of such Dividend, PLUS (II) the amount of such Dividend proposed to be paid;

(ii) any Subsidiary may pay Dividends on its Capital Stock;

(iii) Borrower may redeem or repurchase Capital Stock of Borrower (or options to purchase such Capital Stock) from present or former officers, employees or directors of Borrower or any Subsidiary (or their estates) upon the death, permanent disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise in accordance with any stock option plan or any employee stock ownership plan of Borrower or any Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in all such cases (x) no Default or Event of Default is then in existence or would arise therefrom and (y) the aggregate amount of all cash paid in respect of all such shares so redeemed or repurchased in any calendar year shall not exceed $5.0 million; and

(iv) Borrower may pay any Dividend within 60 days after the declaration thereof so long as Borrower would have been permitted to pay such Dividend on the date of the declaration thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that amounts paid pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) shall be included as Restricted Payments for purposes of subparagraph (i) of this Section 8.05(a).

(b) Borrower may designate, pursuant to written notification to the Administrative Agent, any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (a "DESIGNATION") only if:

(i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such Designation;

(ii) such Subsidiary does not own or have any right or interest in, or the right to receive income or profits from, any of the Fleet Rigs owned by Borrower or any Subsidiary as of the date hereof;

(iii) so long as the Indenture shall be in effect, such Subsidiary is an unrestricted subsidiary under and pursuant to the terms of the Indenture (as in effect on the date hereof); and

(iv) Borrower would be permitted to make an Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) at the time of Designation (assuming the effectiveness of such Designation) pursuant to subparagraph (a)(i) of this
Section 8.05 in an amount (the "DESIGNATION AMOUNT") equal to Borrower's proportionate interest in the net worth of such Subsidiary calculated in accordance with GAAP on such date.

Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) shall at any time subject any of its properties or assets to any Lien to secure, or otherwise guarantee or incur any Contingent Obligation in respect of, any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such Indebtedness).

Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, take all action necessary so that so long as the Indenture is in effect any Subsidiary which has incurred Indebtedness under Section 8.03(e) hereof shall meet the qualifications of, and be designated as, an unrestricted subsidiary pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, amend, modify, change or waive any provisions of the Indenture which would result in the restrictions and limitations in this Agreement with respect to the Unrestricted Subsidiaries being in conflict with, or resulting in a breach of default under the Indenture.

8.06 RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSIDIARIES. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist any encumbrance or restriction which, directly or indirectly, prohibits or otherwise restricts the ability of any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) to (a) pay dividends or make other distributions or pay any Indebtedness owed to Borrower or any Subsidiary, (b) make loans or advances to Borrower or any Subsidiary or (c) transfer any of its properties or assets to Borrower or any Subsidiary, other than encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) the Credit Documents;

(b) applicable law;

(c) customary non-assignment provisions entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

(d) any restriction or encumbrance with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to (i) an agreement which has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, so long as such sale or disposition is permitted under this Agreement or (ii) any bare boat charter permitted by Section 8.08;

(e) the Indenture and the Security Documents or any other encumbrance or restriction in effect on the Effectiveness Date, each as in effect on the Effectiveness Date, and any refinancing, extension or renewal thereof so long as such refinancing, extension or renewal is no more restrictive than (x) with respect to the Indenture and the Security Documents, this Agreement or (y) with respect to any other encumbrance or restriction, that existing on the date hereof;

(f) Permitted Liens and any documents or instruments governing the terms of any Indebtedness or other obligations secured by any such Liens; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such prohibitions or restrictions apply only to the assets subject to such Liens;

(g) encumbrances or restrictions on property of any Subsidiary which do not restrict the ability of such Subsidiary to transfer the property subject to such encumbrances or restrictions; and

(h) any encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to an agreement in effect on the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by Borrower or any Subsidiary (provided that such encumbrance or restriction was not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition).

8.07 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of transactions after the date hereof whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any Affiliate other than on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) employment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business with officers of Borrower or any Subsidiary, (ii) customary fees paid to members of the Board of Directors of Borrower and of any Subsidiary and (iii) all transactions between or among the Credit Parties.

8.08 VESSEL OWNERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT.

(a) Borrower shall not permit there to be less than 22 Fleet Rigs which are owned by Borrower or any Guarantor.

(b) Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) to, contract out the management of any Fleet Rig owned or leased by Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) on the Effectiveness Date other than to Borrower or any Subsidiary which is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary, other than the bare boat charter of up to three of such Fleet Rigs at any time in effect.

8.09 CASH INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO. Borrower shall not permit the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA for any four consecutive complete fiscal quarters then last ended after the date hereof to (ii) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense of Borrower for such period to be less than 3.00:1.00. In connection with any Credit Event, such ratio shall be calculated to give PRO FORMA effect to the Loans or Letters of Credit to be made and the application of the proceeds therefrom as if made and applied on the first day of the period for which such ratio is being calculated.

8.10 LEVERAGE RATIO. Borrower shall not permit the Leverage Ratio at any time to be more than 2.00:1.00. In connection with any Credit Event, such ratio shall be calculated to give PRO FORMA effect to the Loans or Letters of Credit to be made and the application of the proceeds therefrom as if made and applied on the first day of the period for which such ratio is being calculated.

8.11 FLEET MARKET VALUE. Borrower shall not permit the aggregate Market Value of the Fleet at any time to be less than (i) 2.5 times the sum of (x) Consolidated Indebtedness, PLUS (y) the Available Unutilized Total Commitment.

8.12 NET WORTH. Borrower shall not permit Consolidated Net Worth at any time to be less than the sum of (i) $300.0 million, PLUS (ii) an amount (added at the end of each fiscal quarter after the date hereof) equal to the greater of (x) $0 and (y) 50% of Consolidated Net Income (without giving effect to the proviso thereto) for each fiscal quarter after September 30, 1996 (adjusted to exclude the effect of deferred taxes related to the existing net operating loss of Borrower and its Subsidiaries).

8.13 MODIFICATIONS OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS, ETC. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consent to any modification, supplement or waiver of any of the provisions of the Senior Secured Notes, the Indenture or the Security Documents where the effect of such modification, supplement or waiver would be material and adverse to the interests of the Banks without the prior written approval of the Required Banks.

SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an "EVENT OF DEFAULT"):

9.01 PAYMENTS. Borrower shall (i) default in the payment when due of any principal of the Loans or (ii) default, and such default shall continue for three or more Business Days, in the payment when due of any Unpaid Drawing, any interest on the Loans or any Fees or any other amounts owing under any Credit Document; or

9.02 REPRESENTATIONS, ETC. Any material representation, warranty or statement made by any Credit Party in any Credit Document or in any statement or certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made; or

9.03 COVENANTS. (a) Borrower or any Subsidiary shall default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 7.09,
Section 7.11 or Section 8 or (b) any Credit Party shall default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 9.01, 9.02 or clause (a) of this Section 9.03) contained in any Credit Document and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after notice to Borrower by the Administrative Agent or the Required Banks; or

9.04 DEFAULT UNDER OTHER AGREEMENTS. (a) Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) default in any payment with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations and any Non-Recourse Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder) beyond the period of grace, if any, applicable thereto or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or (b) any Indebtedness of Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than the Obligations and any Non-Recourse Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder) shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment, prior to the stated maturity thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that it shall not constitute an Event of Default pursuant to this Section 9.04 unless any such event referred to in clause (a) or (b) occurs with respect to one or more issues of Indebtedness aggregating at least $10.0 million or more; or

9.05 BANKRUPTCY, ETC. Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) shall commence a voluntary case concerning itself under Title 11 of the United States Code entitled "Bankruptcy", as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto (the "BANKRUPTCY CODE"); or an involuntary case is commenced against Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) and the petition is not dismissed within 60 days, after commencement of the case; or a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code) is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary); or Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) commences any other proceeding under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary); or there is commenced against Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) any such case or proceeding which remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding is entered; or Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) suffers any appointment of any custodian or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any corporate action is taken by Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

9.06 GUARANTY. The Guaranty or any provision thereof shall cease to be in full force and effect (otherwise than in accordance with the Credit Documents), or any Guarantor or any Person acting by or on behalf of such Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm all or any portion of such Guarantor's obligation thereunder (other than by reason of a release of such Guarantor from the Guaranty in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents), or any Guarantor shall default in the observance of any term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed pursuant thereto and such default (other than any default arising from a failure to make any payment thereunder) shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after notice to Borrower by the Administrative Agent or the Required Banks; or

9.07 JUDGMENTS. One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against Borrower or any Subsidiary involving a liability of $10.0 million or more in the aggregate (not paid or to the extent not covered by insurance) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or

9.08 CHANGE OF CONTROL. There shall have occurred a Change of Control; or

9.09 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. Any member of the ERISA Group shall fail to pay when due an amount or amounts aggregating in excess of $10.0 million which it shall have become liable to pay under Title IV of ERISA; or notice of intent to terminate a Plan shall be filed under
Section 4041(c) of ERISA by an member of the ERISA Group, any plan administrator or any combination of the foregoing; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate, to impose liability (other than for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of, or to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer any Plan; or a condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC would be entitled to obtain a decree adjudicating that any Plan must be terminated; or there shall occur a complete or partial withdrawal from, or a default, within the meaning of Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA, with respect to, one or more Multiemployer Plans which could reasonably be expected to cause one or more members of the ERISA Group to incur a payment obligation in excess of $10.0 million;

then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, upon the written request of the Required Banks, by written notice to Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Bank to enforce its claims against Borrower, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement (PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if an Event of Default specified in Section 9.05 shall occur with respect to Borrower, the result which would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Administrative Agent as specified in clauses (i) and (ii) below shall occur automatically without the giving of any such notice): (i) declare the Total Commitment terminated, whereupon the Commitment of each Bank shall forthwith terminate immediately and any Commitment Commission shall forthwith become due and payable without any other notice of any kind; (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest in respect of all Loans and all obligations owing hereunder (including Unpaid Drawings) and thereunder to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by Borrower; (iii) terminate any Letter of Credit which may be terminated in accordance with its terms; (iv) direct Borrower to pay (and Borrower hereby agrees upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Section 9.05 in respect of Borrower, it will pay) to the Administrative Agent at the Payment Office such additional amounts of cash, to be held as security for Borrower's reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit then outstanding equal to the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding; and (v) apply any amounts held as cash collateral pursuant to Section 4.02 or this Section 9 to repay Obligations.

SECTION 10. DEFINITIONS. As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings herein specified unless the context otherwise requires. Defined terms in this Agreement shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural the singular:

"ADJUSTED COMMITMENT" for each Non-Defaulting Bank shall mean at any time the product of such Bank's Adjusted Percentage and the Adjusted Total Commitment.

"ADJUSTED PERCENTAGE" shall mean (x) at a time when no Bank Default exists, for each Bank such Bank's Percentage and (y) at a time when a Bank Default exists (i) for each Bank that is a Defaulting Bank, zero and (ii) for each Bank that is a Non-Defaulting Bank, the percentage determined by dividing such Bank's Commitment at such time by the Adjusted Total Commitment at such time, it being understood that all references herein to Commitments and the Adjusted Total Commitment at a time when the Total Commitment or Adjusted Total Commitment, as the case may be, has been terminated shall be references to the Commitments or Adjusted Total Commitment, as the case may be, in effect immediately prior to such termination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (A) no Bank's Adjusted Percentage shall change upon the occurrence of a Bank Default from that in effect immediately prior to such Bank Default if, after giving effect to such Bank Default and any repayment of Loans at such time pursuant to Section 4.02(A)(a) or otherwise, the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans of all Non-Defaulting Banks plus
(ii) the Letter of Credit Outstandings, exceeds the Adjusted Total Commitment; (B) the changes to the Adjusted Percentage that would have become effective upon the occurrence of a Bank Default but that did not become effective as a result of the preceding clause (A) shall become effective on the first date after the occurrence of the relevant Bank Default on which the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans of all Non-Defaulting Banks plus (ii) the Letter of Credit Outstandings is equal to or less than the Adjusted Total Commitment; and (C) if (i) a Non-Defaulting Bank's Adjusted Percentage is changed pursuant to the preceding clause (B) and (ii) any repayment of such Bank's Loans, or of Unpaid Drawings with respect to Letters of Credit, that were made during the period commencing after the date of the relevant Bank Default and ending on the date of such change to its Adjusted Percentage must be returned to Borrower as a preferential or similar payment in any bankruptcy or similar proceeding of Borrower, then the change to such Non-Defaulting Bank's Adjusted Percentage effected pursuant to said clause (B) shall be reduced to that positive change, if any, as would have been made to its Adjusted Percentage if (x) such repayments had not been made and (y) the maximum change to its Adjusted Percentage would have resulted in the sum of the outstanding principal of Loans made by such Bank plus such Bank's new Adjusted Percentage of the outstanding principal amount of Letter of Credit Outstandings equalling such Bank's Commitment at such time.

"ADJUSTED TOTAL COMMITMENT" shall mean at any time the Total Commitment less the aggregate Commitments of all Defaulting Banks.

"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT" see the first paragraph of this Agreement and shall include any successor to the Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 11.09.

"AFFECTED EURODOLLAR LOAN" see Section 4.02(B).

"AFFILIATE" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power (i) to vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such corporation or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

"AGREEMENT" shall mean this Credit Agreement, as the same may be from time to time further modified, amended and/or supplemented.

"AGENTS" see the first paragraph of this Agreement.

"APPLICABLE BASE RATE MARGIN" shall be equal to the percentage PER ANNUM set forth below opposite Borrower's applicable Leverage Ratio, as calculated for the last day of the fiscal quarter last ended; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, in the event a change in the Applicable Base Rate Margin is to be made, such change shall not become effective until the date on which the Administrative Agent receives written notice from Borrower indicating that such change is warranted:

                                                     APPLICABLE BASE
            LEVERAGE RATIO                             RATE MARGIN

       Less than or equal to
       1.40:1.00                                          0.00%

       Greater than 1.40:1.00                             0.25%

       "APPLICABLE COMMITMENT COMMISSION PERCENTAGE"
shall be 1/4 of 1.00% PER ANNUM.

       "APPLICABLE DATE" see Section 7.11.

       "APPLICABLE EURODOLLAR MARGIN" shall be equal to
the percentage PER ANNUM set forth below opposite

Borrower's applicable Leverage Ratio, as calculated for the last day of the fiscal quarter last ended; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, in the event a change in the Applicable Eurodollar Margin is to be made, such change shall not become effective until the date on which the Administrative Agent receives written notice from Borrower indicating that such change is warranted:


                                  APPLICABLE
   LEVERAGE RATIO             EURODOLLAR MARGIN

Less than 0.90:1.00                 0.75%

Greater than or equal to
0.90:1.00 and less than or
equal to 1.40:1.00                  1.00%

Greater than 1.40:1.00              1.25%

"APPROVED BANK" see the definition of "Cash Equivalents."

"APPROVED COMPANY" see the definition of "Cash Equivalents."

"APPROVED SHIPBROKER" shall mean each of the international, independent, sale-and-purchase Shipbrokers listed on ANNEX IX hereto, as such Annex may be revised from time to time at the request of the Required Banks with the consent of Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

"ASSET DISPOSITION" shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition (including by merger or consolidation or sale-leaseback) occurring after the date hereof by Borrower or any Subsidiary to any Person other than Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of any asset (including the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary) of Borrower or such Subsidiary, except sales, transfers or other dispositions in the ordinary course of business of inventory and/or obsolete or worn-out equipment or Cash Equivalents; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that for purposes of
Section 3.03(b)(i), (i) no sale, transfer or other disposition of assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be deemed an Asset Disposition to the extent (but only to the extent) that the Cash Proceeds therefrom when added to the Cash Proceeds from all other sales, transfer or other dispositions of assets since the date hereof that would otherwise constitute an Asset Disposition are not in excess of $50.0 million and (ii) any bare boat charter permitted by Section 8.08 shall not be considered an Asset Disposition.

"ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT" shall mean the Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of EXHIBIT I hereto (appropriately completed).

"AUTHORIZED OFFICER" shall mean any senior officer of Borrower designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by Borrower.

"AVAILABLE UNUTILIZED COMMITMENT" for each Bank, shall mean the excess of (i) the Commitment of such Bank over (ii) the sum of (x) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans made by such Bank plus (y) an amount equal to such Bank's Adjusted Percentage of the Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time.

"AVAILABLE UNUTILIZED TOTAL COMMITMENT" shall mean the excess of (i) the Total Commitment over (ii) the sum of (x) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans plus (y) the Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time.

"BANK" see the first paragraph of this Agreement.

"BANK DEFAULT" shall mean (i) the refusal (which has not been retracted) of a Bank to make available its portion of any incurrence of Loans or to fund its portion of any unreimbursed payment under Section 2.05(c) or (ii) a Bank having notified the Administrative Agent and/or Borrower that it does not intend to comply with the obligations under Section 1.01 or under Section 2.05(c), in the case of either (i) or (ii) as a result of the appointment of a receiver or conservator with respect to such Bank at the direction or request of any regulatory agency or authority.

"BANKRUPTCY CODE" see Section 9.05.

"BASE RATE" at any time shall mean the higher of
(i) the rate which is 1/2 of 1% in excess of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) the Prime Lending Rate.

"BASE RATE LOAN" shall mean each Loan bearing interest at the rates provided in Section 1.08(a).

"BENEFIT ARRANGEMENT" shall mean at any time an employee benefit plan with the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which is not a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan and which is maintained or otherwise contributed to by any member of the ERISA Group.

"BORROWER" see the first paragraph of this Agreement.

"BORROWING" shall mean the incurrence of one Type of Loan pursuant to the Facility by Borrower from all of the Banks with respect to such Facility on a PRO RATA basis on a given date (or resulting from conversions on a given date), having in the case of Eurodollar Loans the same Interest Period; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Base Rate Loans incurred pursuant to Section 1.10(b) shall be considered part of any related Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans.

"BTCO" shall mean Bankers Trust Company.

"BUSINESS DAY" shall mean (i) for all purposes other than as covered by clause (ii) below, any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be in the City of New York a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law or other governmental actions to close and (ii) with respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, any day which is a Business Day described in clause (i) and which is also a day for trading by and between banks in U.S. dollar deposits in the interbank Eurodollar market in London.

"CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication, all expenditures by such Person which should be capitalized in accordance with GAAP, including, without duplication, all such expenditures with respect to fixed or capital assets (including, without limitation, expenditures for maintenance and repairs which should be capitalized in accordance with GAAP) and the amount of all Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by such Person.

"CAPITAL LEASE" as applied to any Person shall mean any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee which, in conformity with GAAP, is accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

"CAPITAL STOCK" shall mean any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participants or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) corporate stock or other equity participations, including partnership interests, whether general or limited, including any Preferred Stock.

"CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATIONS" shall mean all obligations under Capital Leases of Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) in each case taken at the amount thereof accounted for as liabilities in accordance with GAAP.

"CASH EQUIVALENTS" shall mean (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (PROVIDED that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition, (ii) U.S. dollar denominated time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers' acceptances of (x) any Bank, (y) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million or (z) any Bank or bank (or the parent company of such bank) whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody's is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank, an "APPROVED BANK"), in each case with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (ii) above, (iv) commercial paper issued by any Bank or Approved Bank or by the parent company of any Bank or Approved Bank and commercial paper issued by, or guaranteed by, any industrial or financial company with a short-term commercial paper rating of at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's (any such company, an "APPROVED COMPANY"), or guaranteed by any industrial company with a long term unsecured debt rating of at least A or A2, or the equivalent of each thereof, from S&P or Moody's, as the case may be, and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition and (v) investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are comprised of securities of the type described in clauses
(i) through (iv) above.

"CASH PROCEEDS" shall mean, with respect to any Asset Disposition, the aggregate cash payments (including any cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to a note receivable issued in connection with such Asset Disposition, other than the portion of such deferred payment constituting interest, but only as and when so received) received by Borrower and/or any Subsidiary from such Asset Disposition.

"CERCLA" shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 ET SEQ.

"CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall mean an event or series of events by which (i) any person (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock of Borrower; or
(ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of Borrower (together with any new or replacement directors whose election by the Board of Directors of Borrower or whose nomination for election by Borrower's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least 66-2/3% of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower then in office; or (iii) any "Change of Control" as defined in the Indenture (so long as the Indenture shall be in effect) shall occur.

"CLAIMS" see the definition of "Environmental Claims."

"CO-AGENT" see the first paragraph of this Agreement.

"CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time and the regulations promulgated and the rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect at the Effectiveness Date and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

"COMMITMENT" shall mean, with respect to each Bank, the amount set forth opposite such Bank's name in ANNEX I hereto directly below the column entitled "Commitment," as the same may be (x) reduced from time to time pursuant to Sections 3.02, 3.03 and/or 9 or (y) adjusted from time to time as a result of assignments to or from such Bank pursuant to Section 12.04.

"COMMITMENT COMMISSION" see Section 3.01(a).

"CONSOLIDATED CASH INTEREST EXPENSE" shall mean, for any period, total cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capital Leases, whether or not the Capitalized Lease Obligations under such Capitalized Leases is included in Indebtedness) of Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) on a consolidated basis during such period, including, without limitation, (i) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing during such period and (ii) all capitalized cash interest during such period.

"CONSOLIDATED EBIT" shall mean, for any period,
(A) the sum of the amounts for such period of (i)
Consolidated Net Income, (ii) provisions for taxes based on income, (iii) Consolidated Interest Expense, (iv) amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income and (v) losses on sales of assets (excluding sales in the ordinary course of business) and other extraordinary losses, LESS (B) the amount for such period of gains on sales of assets (excluding sales in the ordinary course of business) and other extraordinary gains, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" shall mean, for any period, the sum of the amounts for such period of (i) Consolidated EBIT, (ii) depreciation expense of Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and
(iii) amortization expense of Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"CONSOLIDATED INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness (including the Loans) of Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) on a consolidated basis as determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding (i) all Contingent Obligations relating to the Indebtedness of any Person which such Indebtedness is included in the calculation of Consolidated Indebtedness of Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and (ii) all Capitalized Lease Obligations under the Capitalized Lease (as in effect on the date hereof) of the Glomar Explorer Fleet Rig (Official No. 547257).

"CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" shall mean, for any period, total interest expense (including that attributable to Capital Leases, whether or not the Capitalized Lease Obligations under such Capitalized Lease is included in Indebtedness) of Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries), including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing.

"CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" shall mean for any period, the net income (or loss) of Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with GAAP; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that there shall be excluded therefrom
(i) the effect of deferred taxes, (ii) except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other cash distributions in respect of Capital Stock paid to Borrower or a Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) by any other Person during such period out of funds legally available therefor, the net income (or loss) of such other Person other than a Subsidiary, (iii) except to the extent includible pursuant to clause (ii) hereof, the net income (or loss) of any other Person accrued or attributable to any period prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with Borrower or any Subsidiary or such other Person's property or Capital Stock (or a portion thereof) is acquired by Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (iv) the net income of any Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor to the extent that the transfer to Borrower or a Guarantor of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by any means (including by dividend, distribution, advance or loan or otherwise), by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement with a Person other than with Borrower or any Affiliate thereof, instrument held by a Person other than by Borrower or any Affiliate thereof, judgment, decree, order, statute, law, rule or governmental regulations applicable to such Subsidiary or its stockholders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if at any time during the period for which Consolidated Net Income is measured such restriction or transfer to Borrower of such income of a Subsidiary is lifted, Consolidated Net Income shall include the net income of such Subsidiary previously excluded.

"CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" shall mean, at any time, the net worth of Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP.

"CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS" shall mean as to any Person any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intending to guarantee any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations ("PRIMARY OBLIGATIONS") of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the term Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.

"CREDIT DOCUMENTS" shall mean this Agreement, the Notes and each Guaranty and any documents executed in connection therewith.

"CREDIT EVENT" shall mean and include the making of a Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit.

"CREDIT PARTY" shall mean Borrower and each Guarantor.

"DEBT INSUANCE" shall mean the issuance or sale by Borrower or any Subsidiary of any securities evidencing Indebtedness of Borrower or any Subsidiary, other than any refinancing of the Senior Secured Notes as permitted by
Section 8.03(b).

"DEFAULT" shall mean any event, act or condition which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

"DEFAULTING BANK" shall mean any Bank with respect to which a Bank Default is in effect.

"DESIGNATION" see Section 8.05(b).

"DESIGNATION AMOUNT" see Section 8.05(b).

"DISQUALIFIED CAPITAL STOCK" means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable, at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or exchangeable into Indebtedness on or prior to the Maturity Date.

"DIVIDENDS" shall mean to declare or pay on the part of Borrower or any Subsidiary any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in Qualified Capital Stock of such Person (including pursuant to a shareholders' rights plan)) or return any capital to, its stockholders or authorize or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property or cash to its stockholders as such, or redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for a consideration, any shares of any class of its Capital Stock now or hereafter outstanding (or any warrants for or options or stock appreciation rights in respect of any of such shares), or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes, or permit any Subsidiary to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of any class of the Capital Stock of Borrower or any other Subsidiary, as the case may be, now or hereafter outstanding; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Dividends shall not include the redemption of rights issued pursuant to a shareholders' rights agreement in an amount per right not to exceed a DE MINIMIS amount.

"DOLLARS" shall mean freely transferable lawful money of the United States.

"DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARY" shall mean, as to any Person, any Subsidiary that is incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or any territory thereof.

"EFFECTIVENESS DATE" see Section 12.10.

"ELIGIBLE TRANSFEREE" shall mean a commercial bank, financial institution or other "accredited investor" (as defined by Regulation D of the Securities Act).

"ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS" shall mean any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations of Governmental Authorities or third parties or proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law (hereafter, "CLAIMS"), including, without limitation,
(a) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law, and (b) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from Hazardous Materials arising from alleged damage or injury or threat of injury or damage to health, safety or the environment.

"ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" shall mean any applicable Federal, state, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, guide, policy, treaty or convention and rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended and having legally binding effect on, and enforceable against, private parties, and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including, without limitation, any judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of the environment or health or safety or Release or threat of Release or treatment, storage, transport, generation, handling or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, CERCLA; RCRA; the Deepwater Port Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. SectionSection 1501 ET SEQ.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. Section 1251 ET SEQ.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 7401 ET SEQ.; the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 7401 ET SEQ.; the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C.
Section 3808 ET SEQ.; the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C. Section 2701 ET SEQ. and any state and local or foreign counterparts or equivalents.

"ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

"ERISA GROUP" shall mean Borrower, any Subsidiary and all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with Borrower or any Subsidiary, are treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Code.

"EURODOLLAR LOANS" shall mean each Loan bearing interest at the rates provided in Section 1.08(b).

"EURODOLLAR RATE" shall mean with respect to each Interest Period for a Eurodollar Loan, (i) the offered quotation to first-class banks in the interbank Eurodollar market by the Administrative Agent for dollar deposits of amounts in same day funds comparable to the outstanding principal amount of the Eurodollar Loan of the Administrative Agent for which an interest rate is then being determined with maturities comparable to the Interest Period to be applicable to such Eurodollar Loan, determined as of 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the date which is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period divided (and rounded upward to the next whole multiple of 1/16 of 1%) by (ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus the then stated maximum rate of all reserve requirements (including, without limitation, any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserves) applicable to any member bank of the Federal Reserve System in respect of Eurocurrency liabilities as defined in Regulation D (or any successor category of liabilities under Regulation D).

"EVENT OF DEFAULT" see Section 9.

"EXCESS CASH FLOW" shall mean, for any period, the difference, if any, of (a) the sum of the following items for Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) on a consolidated basis for such period determined in accordance with GAAP: (i) consolidated net income, adjusted by (1) adding back the non-cash portion of all extraordinary or non-recurring items of expense and (2) deducting the non-cash portion of all extraordinary or non-recurring items of income, in each case to the extent taken into account in the calculation of such net income, (ii) the non-cash portion of any other item of expense to the extent deducted in determining such net income, other than to the extent requiring an accrual or reserve for future cash expenses, (iii) depreciation and amortization allowances to the extent deducted in determining such net income and (iv) net decreases in Working Capital, MINUS (b) the sum of the following items for Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) on a consolidated basis for such period: (i) Capital Expenditures for such period, (ii) scheduled principal payments in respect of Indebtedness (excluding
(I) any principal payment effected in connection with the refinancing of any Indebtedness and (II) any prepayment in respect of any revolving credit facility (including the Loans) to the extent not accompanied by a permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), (iii) non-cash credits to the extent added in determining such net income and (iv) net increases in Working Capital.

"EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and the rulings issued thereunder.

"EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS" see Section 6.18.

"EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AGREEMENTS" see Section

5.06(i).

"EXISTING L/C FACILITY INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean
Indebtedness under (i) the Reimbursement and Security Agreement between the Company and the Bank of Nova Scotia dated as of May 1, 1993 and (ii) the Reimbursement and Security Agreement between the Company and First Union Bank of North Carolina dated as of August 1, 1993, not exceeding $2.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding.

"FACILITY" shall mean the credit facility established under this Agreement, evidenced by the Total Commitment.

"FACING FEE" see Section 3.01(c).

"FEDERAL FUNDS EFFECTIVE RATE" shall mean for any period, a fluctuating interest rate equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent.

"FEES" shall mean all amounts payable pursuant to, or referred to in, Section 3.01.

"FINANCING PROCEEDS" shall mean the cash received by Borrower or any Subsidiary from a Debt Issuance.

"FLEET" shall mean all Fleet Rigs taken as a whole.

"FLEET RIGS" shall mean the Glomar Explorer (Official No. 547527) and any offshore drilling rig or drilling vessel owned from time to time by Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary).

"FOREIGN PENSION PLAN" shall mean any plan, fund (including, without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established or maintained outside the United States of America by Borrower or any one or more of its Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees of Borrower or such Subsidiaries residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA.

"GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the date of this Agreement; it being understood and agreed that determinations in accordance with GAAP for purposes of
Section 8, including defined terms as used therein, are subject (to the extent provided therein) to Section 12.07(a).

"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" shall mean any government or political subdivision or any agency, authority, board, bureau, central bank, commission, department or instrumentality of either, or any court, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, in each case whether foreign or domestic, or any exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

"GUARANTOR" shall mean each Subsidiary which is a party to the Guaranty and which has not been released therefrom in accordance with the Credit Documents.

"GUARANTY" see Section 5.11.

"HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" shall mean any pollutant, contaminant, toxic, hazardous, extremely hazardous or radioactive substance, constituent or waste, or any other constituent, waste, chemical material, compound or substance including, without limitation, petroleum including without limitation crude oil or any fraction thereof, or any petroleum product, subject to regulation under any Environmental Law.

"IN CLASS" see Section 6.19.

"INDEBTEDNESS" of any Person shall mean without duplication (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) the deferred purchase price of assets or services which in accordance with GAAP would be shown on the liability side of the balance sheet of such Person,
(iii) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder, (iv) all Indebtedness of a second Person secured by any Lien on any property owned by such first Person, whether or not such indebtedness has been assumed, (v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (vi) all obligations of such Person to pay a specified purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted, I.E., take-or-pay and similar obligations, (vii) all net obligations of such Person under Interest Rate Agreements and (viii) all Contingent Obligations of such Person (other than Contingent Obligations arising from the guaranty by Borrower or any Subsidiary of the obligations of Borrower and/or any Subsidiary (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) of a character described in the foregoing clauses (i) through
(vii) to the extent such guaranteed obligations are permitted under this Agreement); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Indebtedness (a) shall not include obligations of any Person (x) arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such obligations are extinguished within two Business Days of their incurrence and (y) resulting from the endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past business practices; (b) shall include the liquidation preference and any mandatory redemption payment obligation obligations in respect of any Disqualified Capital Stock of Borrower or any Subsidiary; (c) shall not include obligations under performance bonds, performance guarantees, surety bonds, appeal bonds or similar obligations, incurred in the ordinary course of business and on ordinary business terms;
(d) shall not include Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and on ordinary business terms (other than under Capitalized Leases of offshore drilling rigs and vessels) not exceeding $10.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding; (e) shall not include trade payables and accrued expenses, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business.

"INDENTURE" shall mean the Indenture dated as of December 23, 1992 among Borrower and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

"INITIAL BORROWING DATE" shall mean the date upon which the initial Borrowing of Loans occurs.

"INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" see Section 6.14.

"INTEREST PERIOD" with respect to any Loan shall mean the interest period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 1.09.

"INTEREST RATE AGREEMENT" shall mean any interest rate swap agreement, any interest rate cap agreement, any interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect Borrower or any Subsidiary against interest rate risk.

"INVESTMENT" shall mean any direct or indirect loan, advance, guarantee or other extension of credit or capital contribution to (by means of transfers of cash or other property or assets to others or payments for property or services for the account or use of others, or otherwise), or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any other Person. The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment, PLUS the cost of all additions thereto, and MINUS the amount of any portion of such Investment repaid to such Person in cash as a repayment of principal or a return of capital, as the case may be, but without any other adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment. In determining the amount of any investment involving a transfer of any property or asset other than cash, such property shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, as determined in good faith by the board of directors (or comparable body) of the Person making such transfer.

"LEASEHOLD" of any Person shall mean all of the right, title and interest of such Person as lessee or licensee in, to and under leases or licenses of land, improvements and/or fixtures.

"L/C SUPPORTABLE OBLIGATIONS" shall mean such obligations of Borrower or any Subsidiary as are not inconsistent with the policies of the Letter of Credit Issuer determined reasonably and in good faith.

"LETTER OF CREDIT" see Section 2.01(a).

"LETTER OF CREDIT FEE" see Section 3.01(b).

"LETTER OF CREDIT ISSUER" shall mean BTCo.

"LETTER OF Credit Outstandings" shall mean, at any time, the sum of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Unpaid Drawings in respect of all Letters of Credit.

"LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST" see Section 2.03(a).

"LEVERAGE RATIO" shall mean, at any date of determination, the ratio of Consolidated Indebtedness of Borrower at such date to Consolidated EBITDA of Borrower for the four consecutive complete fiscal quarters then last ended.

"LIEN" shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, security title, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof), in each case for the purpose, or having the effect, of protecting a creditor against loss or securing the payment or performance of an obligation to a creditor.

"LOAN" see Section 1.01.

"MARGIN STOCK" shall have the meaning provided in Regulation U.

"MARKET VALUE" shall mean as of any date of calculation the value as of such date of any Fleet Rig or other vessel provided in the most recent valuation report delivered in connection with Section 5.12(a)(ii) and
Section 7.10.

"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" shall mean a material adverse effect on the performance, business, properties, assets, operations, nature of assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

"MATURITY DATE" shall mean February 15, 1999.

"MINIMUM BORROWING AMOUNT" shall mean (i) for Loans maintained as Base Rate Loans, $1.0 million and increments of $500,000 over such amount, and (ii) for Loans maintained as Eurodollar Loans, $5.0 million and increments of $1.0 million over such amount.

"MOODY'S" shall mean Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

"MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" shall mean at any time an employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any member of the ERISA Group is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has within the preceding five plan years made contributions, including for these purposes any Person which ceased to be a member of the ERISA Group during such five year period.

"NET CASH PROCEEDS" shall mean, with respect to any Asset Disposition, the Cash Proceeds therefrom, MINUS, without duplication, the sum of (i) reasonable legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes payable as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, and (ii) all payment made to any Person other than Borrower or any Subsidiary on any Indebtedness of Borrower or its Subsidiary which is secured by such assets, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition.

"NET FINANCING PROCEEDS" shall mean the Financing Proceeds net of underwriting discounts and commissions and direct expenses.

"NON-DEFAULTING BANK" shall mean each Bank other than a Defaulting Bank.

"NON-RECOURSE INDEBTEDNESS" means any

Indebtedness of any Subsidiary (the "RELEVANT SUBSIDIARY")
(a) in respect of which neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the Relevant Subsidiary) is liable or obligated in any manner including, without limitation, liabilities or obligations constituting Indebtedness of Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the Relevant Subsidiary), and
(b) the occurrence of any event or the existence of any condition under any agreement or instrument relating to which shall not at any time have the effect of accelerating, or permitting the acceleration of, the maturity of any Indebtedness of Borrower or of any Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the Relevant Subsidiary) or otherwise permitting any such Indebtedness to be declared to be due and payable, or to be required to be prepaid, purchased or redeemed, prior to the stated maturity thereof.

"NOTE" see Section 1.05(a).

"NOTICE OF BORROWING" see Section 1.03.

"NOTICE OF CONVERSION" see Section 1.06.

"NOTICE OFFICE" shall mean the office of the Administrative Agent at 130 Liberty Street, New York, New York or such other office as the Administrative Agent may designate to Borrower from time to time.

"OBLIGATIONS" shall mean all amounts, direct or indirect, contingent or absolute, of every type or description, and at any time existing, owing to the Administrative Agent or any Bank pursuant to the terms of any Credit Document.

"PARTICIPANT" see Section 2.05(a).

"PAYMENT OFFICE" shall mean the office of the Administrative Agent at 130 Liberty Street, New York, New York or such other office as the Administrative Agent may designate to Borrower from time to time.

"PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

"PERCENTAGE" shall mean for each Bank the percentage obtained by dividing such Bank's Commitment by the Total Commitment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Total Commitment has been terminated, the Percentage of each Bank shall be determined by dividing such Bank's Commitment immediately prior to such termination by the Total Commitment immediately prior to such termination.

"PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" shall mean and include the following:

(a) Borrower or any Subsidiary may make Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(b) Borrower and any Subsidiary may acquire and hold receivables owing to them, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;

(c) Borrower or any Subsidiary may make loans and advances (i) to employees in the ordinary course of business or in connection with employee relocation in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1.0 million at any time outstanding (without giving effect to any write-down or write-off thereof) and (ii) to management employees to finance their purchases of Qualified Capital Stock of Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 million at any time outstanding (without giving effect to any write-down or write-off thereof);

(d) Borrower or any Subsidiary may acquire and own investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Borrower may hold treasury stock received by it in connection with the repurchase of stock from employees pursuant to Section 8.05(c);

(f) Borrower may make contributions to an employee stock ownership plan provided such contributions are in Borrower's common stock;

(g) Borrower or any Subsidiary may make Investments in any Subsidiary (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) and any Person which, after giving effect to such investments, becomes a Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such Investments which are loans and advances are unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations of such Credit Party owing to the Banks;

(h) Borrower or any Subsidiary may acquire Senior Secured Notes pursuant to any offer required to be made therefor pursuant to the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof;

(i) Borrower or any Subsidiary may make investments in Persons to the extent that the consideration provided by Borrower or any Subsidiary for such investments shall be solely the Qualified Capital Stock of Borrower; and

(j) Investments required to be made pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated August 24, 1993 between Borrower and Transocean Drilling AS, as in effect on the Effectiveness Date.

"PERMITTED LIENS" shall mean Liens described in
Section 8.04(a) through (o).

"PERSON" shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, firm, corporation, association, trust or other enterprise or any government or political subdivision or any agency, department or instrumentality thereof.

"PLAN" shall mean at any time an employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code and either
(i) is maintained, or contributed to, by any member of the ERISA Group for employees of any member of the ERISA Group or (ii) has at any time within the preceding five years been maintained, or contributed to, by any Person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group for employees of any Person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group.

"PREFERRED STOCK" in any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.

"PRIME LENDING RATE" shall mean the rate which Bankers Trust Company announces from time to time as its prime lending rate, the Prime Lending Rate to change when and as such prime lending rate changes. The Prime Lending Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer. Bankers Trust Company may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Lending Rate.

"PROJECTIONS" see Section 5.14.

"QUALIFIED CAPITAL STOCK" in any Person means any Capital Stock in such Person other than any Disqualified Capital Stock.

"RATING AGENCIES" shall mean each of Moody's and S&P.

"RCRA" shall mean the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 ET SEQ.

"REAL PROPERTY" of any Person shall mean all of the right, title and interest of such Person in and to land, improvements and fixtures, including Leaseholds.

"RECOVERY EVENT" shall mean the receipt by Borrower or any Subsidiary of any cash insurance proceeds or cash condemnation award (excluding the proceeds of any business interruption insurance) payable (i) by reason of theft, loss, physical destruction or damage or any other similar event with respect to any property or asset of Borrower or any Subsidiary or (ii) by reason of any condemnation, taking, seizing or similar event with respect to any property or asset of Borrower or any Subsidiary.

"REGISTER" see Section 12.16.

"REGULATION D" shall mean Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing reserve requirements.

"REGULATION U" shall mean Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

"RELEASE" shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, leaching or migration into the environment or into, out of or through any structure, property, pipeline, air, soil, subsurface strata, surface water, or groundwater or wetlands.

"REPLACED BANK" see Section 1.13.

"REPLACEMENT BANK" see Section 1.13.

"REQUIRED BANKS" shall mean Non-Defaulting Banks whose outstanding Commitments (or, if after the Total Commitment has been terminated, outstanding Loans and Adjusted Percentage of Letter of Credit Outstandings) constitute greater than 50% of the sum of the Adjusted Total Commitment (or, if after the Total Commitment has been terminated, the total outstanding Loans of Non-Defaulting Banks and the aggregate Adjusted Percentages of all Non-Defaulting Banks of the total Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time).

"RESTRICTED PAYMENTS" shall mean any Dividend or Investment, other than any Permitted Investment.

"S&P" shall mean Standard & Poor's Ratings Group and its successors.

"S&P CREDIT RATING" shall mean the rating level (it being understood that a rating level shall include numerical modifiers and (+) and (-) modifiers) assigned by S&P to the senior unsecured long-term debt of Borrower.

"SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

"SECTION 3.03(b)(i) REMAINDER" see Section 3.03(b)(i).

"SECTION 3.03(b)(iii) REMAINDER" see Section 3.03(b)(iii).

"SECTION 4.04(b)(ii) CERTIFICATE" see Section 4.04(b)(ii).

"SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and the rulings issued thereunder.

"SECURITY DOCUMENTS" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof.

"SENIOR SECURED NOTES" shall mean the 12-3/4% Senior Secured Notes Due 1999 issued pursuant to the Indenture.

"STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT" see Section 2.01(a).

"STATED AMOUNT" of each Letter of Credit shall mean the maximum available to be drawn thereunder (regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met).

"SUBSIDIARY" of any Person shall mean and include
(i) any corporation more than 50% of whose stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries and (ii) any partnership, association, joint venture or other entity in which such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, has more than a 50% equity interest at the time. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to "Subsidiary" shall mean a Subsidiary of Borrower.

"TAXES" see Section 4.04(a).

"TOTAL COMMITMENT" shall mean, at any time, the sum of the Commitments of each of the Banks.

"TOTAL LOSS" shall mean (i) the actual, constructive, arranged, agreed, or compromised total loss of any Fleet Rig; (ii) the requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition or forfeiture of any Fleet Rig otherwise than by requisition for hire; or (iii) the capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of any Fleet Rig by any government or by persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of any government unless such Fleet Rig is released from such capture, seizure, arrest or detention within 180 days after the occurrence thereof.

"TOTAL UNUTILIZED COMMITMENT" shall mean, at any time, (i) the Total Commitment at such time less (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Loans at such time, PLUS the Letter of Credit Outstandings at such time.

"TRADE LETTER OF CREDIT" see Section 2.01(a).

"TYPE" shall mean any type of Loan determined with respect to the interest option applicable thereto, I.E., a Base Rate Loan or Eurodollar Loan.

"UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.

"UNFUNDED LIABILITIES" shall mean, with respect to any Plan at any time, the amount (if any) by which
(i) the value of all benefit liabilities under such Plan, determined on a current liability basis under Section 412(l)(7) of the Code, exceeds (ii) the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such liabilities under Title I of ERISA (excluding any accrued but unpaid contributions), all determined as of the then most recent valuation date for such Plan.

"UNPAID DRAWING" see Section 2.04(a).

"UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" shall mean (i) the Subsidiaries treated as unrestricted under Indenture as of the date hereof, each of which is set forth in ANNEX X hereto and (ii) any Subsidiaries treated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to and in accordance with Section 8.05(b) hereof.

"VOTING STOCK" shall mean, with respect to any corporation, the outstanding stock of all classes (or equivalent interests) which ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitles holders thereof to vote for the election of directors (or Persons performing similar functions) of such corporation, even though the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

"WHOLLY-OWNED DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARY" shall mean, as to any Person, any wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Person which is a Domestic Subsidiary.

"WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY" of any Person shall mean any Subsidiary of such Person to the extent all of the Capital Stock or other ownership interests in such Subsidiary, other than directors' qualifying shares, is owned directly or indirectly by such Person. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" shall mean a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Borrower.

"WORKING CAPITAL" shall mean an amount determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) determined for Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) equal to the sum of all current assets (other than cash) less the sum of all current liabilities (other than the current portion of any Indebtedness that was long-term Indebtedness when incurred).

"WRITTEN or "IN WRITING" shall mean any form of written communication or a communication by means of telex or facsimile transmission.

SECTION 11. THE AGENTS.

11.01 APPOINTMENT. The Banks hereby designate Bankers Trust Company as Administrative Agent to act as specified herein and in the other Credit Documents. Each Bank hereby irrevocably authorizes, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance of such Note shall be deemed irrevocably to authorize, the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any other instruments and agreements referred to herein or therein and to exercise such powers and to perform such duties hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to or required of the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and thereof and such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder by or through its respective officers, directors, agents, employees or Affiliates.

11.02 NATURE OF DUTIES. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, agents, employees or Affiliates shall be liable for any action taken or omitted by it or them hereunder or under any other Credit Document or in connection herewith or therewith, unless caused by its or their gross negligence or willful misconduct. The duties of the Administrative Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature; the Administrative Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement or any other Credit Document a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Bank or the holder of any Note; and nothing in this Agreement or any other Credit Document, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon the Administrative Agent any obligations in respect of this Agreement or any other Credit Document except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

11.03 LACK OF RELIANCE ON THE AGENTS. Independently and without reliance upon the Agents, each Bank and the holder of each Note, to the extent it deems appropriate, has made and shall continue to make (i) its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Borrower and the Subsidiaries in connection with the making and the continuance of the Loans and issuance and/or participation in Letters of Credit and the taking or not taking of any action in connection herewith and (ii) its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Agents shall not have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Bank or the holder of any Note with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter. The Agents shall not be responsible to any Bank or the holder of any Note for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties herein or in any document, certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, perfection, collectibility, priority or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document or the financial condition of Borrower and the Subsidiaries or be required to make any inquiry concerning either the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or the financial condition of Borrower and the Subsidiaries or the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of Default.

11.04 CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. If the Administrative Agent shall request instructions from the Required Banks with respect to any act or action (including failure to act) in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such action unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received instructions from the Required Banks; and the Administrative Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining. Without limiting the foregoing, neither any Bank nor the holder of any Note shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Administrative Agent as a result of the Administrative Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder or under any other Credit Document in accordance with the instructions of the Required Banks.

11.05 RELIANCE. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, statement, certificate, telex, teletype or telecopier message, cablegram, radiogram, order or other document or telephone message signed, sent or made by any Person that the Administrative Agent believed to be the proper Person, and, with respect to all legal matters pertaining to this Agreement and any other Credit Document and its duties hereunder and thereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by the Administrative Agent (which may be counsel for Borrower).

11.06 INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent the Agents are not reimbursed and indemnified by Borrower, the Banks will reimburse and indemnify the Agents, in proportion to their respective "percentages" as used in determining the Required Banks, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, costs, expenses or disbursements of whatsoever kind or nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Agents in performing their respective duties hereunder or under any other Credit Document, in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Credit Document; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Bank shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from either of the Agents' gross negligence or willful misconduct.

11.07 THE AGENTS IN THEIR INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY. With respect to its obligation to make Loans under this Agreement, the Agents shall have the rights and powers specified herein for a "Bank" and may exercise the same rights and powers as though it were not performing the duties specified herein; and the term "Banks," "Required Banks," "holders of Notes" or any similar terms shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include the Agents in their individual capacity. The Agents may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any Affiliate thereof as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from Borrower or any Subsidiary for services in connection with this Agreement and otherwise without having to account for the same to the Banks.

11.08 HOLDERS. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until a written notice of the assignment, transfer or endorsement thereof, as the case may be, shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. Any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, transferee, assignee or indorsee, as the case may be, of such Note or of any Note or Notes issued in exchange therefor.

11.09 RESIGNATION BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.
(a) The Administrative Agent may resign from the performance of all its functions and duties hereunder and/or under the other Credit Documents at any time by giving 15 Business Days' prior written notice to Borrower and the Banks. Such resignation shall take effect upon the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) below or as otherwise provided below.

(b) Upon any such notice of resignation, the Required Banks shall appoint a successor Administrative Agent hereunder or thereunder who shall be a commercial bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to Borrower.

(c) If a successor Administrative Agent shall not have been so appointed within such 15 Business Day period, the Administrative Agent, with the consent of Borrower, shall then appoint a successor Administrative Agent who shall serve as Administrative Agent hereunder or thereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Banks appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided above.

(d) If no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed pursuant to clause (b) or (c) above by the 20th Business Day after the date such notice of resignation was given by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent's resignation shall become effective and the Required Banks shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder and/or under any other Credit Document until such time, if any, as the Required Banks appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided above.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS.

12.01 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES, ETC. Borrower agrees to (and to cause each other Credit Party, in respect of the Credit Document to which it is a party, to): (i) whether or not the transactions herein contemplated are consummated, pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of the Credit Documents and the documents and instruments referred to therein and any amendment, waiver or consent relating thereto (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of Cahill Gordon & Reindel and any local counsel) and of the Administrative Agent and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each of the Banks in connection with the enforcement of the Credit Documents and the documents and instruments referred to therein (including, without limitation, the actual reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default for each of the Banks); (ii) pay and hold each of the Banks harmless from and against any and all present and future stamp and other similar taxes with respect to the foregoing matters and save each of the Banks harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission (other than to the extent attributable to the Administrative Agent or such Bank) to pay such taxes; and (iii) indemnify each Bank (including in its capacity as the Administrative Agent or a Letter of Credit Issuer), its officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents from and hold each of them harmless against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, expenses, fines or penalties incurred by any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or in any way related to, or by reason of, (a) any investigation, litigation or other proceeding (whether or not any Bank is a party thereto) related to the entering into and/or performance of any Credit Document or the use of the proceeds of any Loans hereunder or the consummation of any transactions contemplated in any Credit Document, whether initiated by Borrower or any other Person (other than the Office of the Comptroller of Currency, the FDIC or other regulatory authority having jurisdiction over any Bank if not related to any action or inaction by Borrower or any Subsidiary or any other event or occurrence relating to Borrower or any Subsidiary), including, without limitation, the actual reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel incurred in connection with any such investigation, litigation or other proceeding (but excluding any such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses to the extent incurred by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Person to be indemnified) or (b) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials in the air, surface water, groundwater, surface or subsurface of any Real Property, offshore drilling rig, facility or location at any time owned or operated by Borrower or any Subsidiary, the generation, storage, transportation, treatment, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials at on, under or from any Real Property, offshore drilling rig, facility or location at any time owned or operated by Borrower or any Subsidiary, the non-compliance of Borrower or any Subsidiary, or of any Real Property, offshore drilling rig, facility or location at any time owned or operated by Borrower or any Subsidiary with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Claim asserted against Borrower or any Subsidiary with any Environmental Law or any Real Property, offshore drilling rig, facility or location at any time owned or operated by Borrower or any Subsidiary, including, in each case, without limitation, the actual reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and other consultants incurred in connection with any such investigation, litigation or other proceeding (but excluding any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses to the extent incurred by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Person to be indemnified). To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, pay or hold harmless the Administrative Agent or any Bank set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law or public policy, Borrower shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the indemnified liabilities which is permissible under applicable law.

12.02 RIGHT OF SETOFF. In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law or otherwise, and not by way of limitation of any such rights, if an Event of Default then exists, each Bank is hereby authorized at any time or from time to time, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind to Borrower or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Bank (including without limitation by branches and agencies of such Bank wherever located) to or for the credit or the account of Borrower against and on account of the Obligations and liabilities of Borrower to such Bank under any Credit Document, including, without limitation, all interests in Obligations of Borrower purchased by such Bank pursuant to Section 12.06(b), and all other claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected with any Credit Document, irrespective of whether or not such Bank shall have made any demand hereunder and although said Obligations, liabilities or claims, or any of them, shall be contingent or unmatured.

12.03 NOTICES. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telex or telecopier communication) and mailed, telexed, telecopied or delivered, if to Borrower or any Subsidiary, at the address specified opposite its signature below or in the other relevant Credit Documents, as the case may be; if to any Bank, at its address specified for such Bank on ANNEX II hereto; or, at such other address as shall be designated by any party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and communications shall be effective when received and, in the case of notice by telecopier, after confirmation of such receipt has been given by the recipient, excluding by way of automatic receipt produced by telecopier.

(b) Without in any way limiting the obligation of Borrower to confirm in writing any telephonic notice permitted to be given hereunder, the Administrative Agent or any Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, may prior to receipt of written confirmation act without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice, believed by the Administrative Agent or such Letter of Credit Issuer in good faith to be from an Authorized Officer of Borrower. In each such case, Borrower hereby waives the right to dispute the Administrative Agent's or such Letter of Credit Issuer's record of the terms of such telephonic notice.

12.04 BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT. (k) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Banks. Each Bank may at any time grant participations in any of its rights hereunder or under any of the Notes to another financial institution; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the case of any such participation, the participant shall not have any rights under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents (the participant's rights against such Bank in respect of such participation to be those set forth in the agreement executed by such Bank in favor of the participant relating thereto) and all amounts payable by Borrower hereunder shall be determined as if such Bank had not sold such participation, except that the participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 1.10 and 4.04 of this Agreement to the extent that such Bank would be entitled to such benefits if the participation had not been entered into or sold; PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that no Bank shall transfer, grant or assign any participation under which the participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to or waiver of this Agreement or any other Credit Document except to the extent such amendment or waiver would (i) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan or Note in which such participant is participating or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or Fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase such participant's participating interest in any Commitment over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the Total Commitment, or a mandatory prepayment, shall not constitute a change in the terms of any Commitment) or (ii) consent to the assignment or transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) any Bank may assign all or a portion of its outstanding Commitment and its rights and obligations hereunder to its Affiliate or to another Bank, and (y) with the consent of the Administrative Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer and Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and which consent of Borrower need not be obtained at any time that a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing), any Bank may assign all or a portion of its outstanding Commitment and its rights and obligations hereunder to one or more Eligible Transferees. Unless otherwise agreed to by Borrower, no assignment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall to the extent such assignment represents an assignment to an institution other than one or more Banks hereunder, be in an aggregate amount less than $5.0 million unless the entire Commitment of the assigning Bank is so assigned. If any Bank so sells or assigns all or a part of its rights hereunder or under the Notes, any reference in this Agreement or the Notes to such assigning Bank shall thereafter refer to such Bank and to the respective assignee to the extent of their respective interests and the respective assignee shall have, to the extent of such assignment (unless otherwise provided therein), the same rights and benefits as it would if it were such assigning Bank. Each assignment pursuant to this Section 12.04(b) shall be effected by the assigning Bank and the assignee Bank executing an Assignment and Assumption Agreement. In the event of any such assignment (x) to a commercial bank or other financial institution not previously a Bank hereunder, either the assigning or the assignee Bank shall pay to the Administrative Agent a nonrefundable assignment fee of $3,500 and (y) to a Bank, either the assigning or assignee Bank shall pay to Administrative Agent a nonrefundable assignment fee of $1,500, and at the time of any assignment pursuant to this Section 12.04(b), (i) ANNEX I hereto shall be deemed to be amended to reflect the Commitment of the respective assignee (which shall result in a direct reduction to the Commitment of the assigning Bank) and of the other Banks, and (ii) if any such assignment occurs after the Initial Borrowing Date, if requested by the assigning Bank and the assignee Bank, Borrower will issue new Notes to the respective assignee and to the assigning Bank in conformity with the requirements of Section 1.05. Each Bank and Borrower agree to execute such documents (including, without limitation, amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents) as shall be necessary to effect the foregoing. Nothing in this clause (b) shall prevent or prohibit any Bank from pledging its Notes or Loans to a Federal Reserve Bank in support of borrowings made by such Bank from such Federal Reserve Bank.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
Section 12.04, no transfer or assignment of the interests or obligations of any Bank hereunder or any grant of participation therein shall be permitted if such transfer, assignment or grant would require Borrower to file a registration statement with the SEC or to qualify the Loans under the "Blue Sky" laws of any State.

(d) Each Bank initially party to this Agreement hereby represents, and each Person that became a Bank pursuant to an assignment permitted by this Section 12 will, upon its becoming party to this Agreement, represent that it is a commercial lender, other financial institution or other "accredited" investor (as defined in SEC Regulation D) which makes loans in the ordinary course of its business and that it will make or acquire Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of such business; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that subject to the preceding clauses
(a) and (b), the disposition of any promissory notes or other evidences of or interests in Indebtedness held by such Bank shall at all times be within its exclusive control.

12.05 NO WAIVER; REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. No failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Bank in exercising any right, power or privilege under any Credit Document and no course of dealing between Borrower or any Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent or any Bank shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under any Credit Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies herein expressly provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which the Administrative Agent or any Bank would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on Borrower or any Subsidiary in any case shall entitle Borrower or any Subsidiary to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the Administrative Agent or the Banks to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

12.06 PAYMENTS PRO RATA. (a) The Administrative Agent agrees that promptly after its receipt of each payment from or on behalf of Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Obligations of Borrower or any Subsidiary hereunder, it shall distribute such payment to the Banks (other than any Bank that has expressly waived its right to receive its PRO RATA share thereof) PRO RATA based upon their respective shares, if any, of the Obligations with respect to which such payment was received.

(b) Each of the Banks agrees that, if it should receive any amount hereunder (whether by voluntary payment, by realization upon security, by the exercise of the right of setoff or banker's lien, by counterclaim or cross action, by the enforcement of any right under the Credit Documents, or otherwise) which is applicable to the payment of the principal of, or interest on, the Loans, Unpaid Drawings or Fees, of a sum which with respect to the related sum or sums received by other Banks is in a greater proportion than the total of such Obligation then owed and due to such Bank bears to the total of such Obligation then owed and due to all of the Banks immediately prior to such receipt, then such Bank receiving such excess payment shall purchase for cash without recourse or warranty from the other Banks an interest in the Obligations of Borrower or any Subsidiary, respectively, to such Banks in such amount as shall result in a proportional participation by all of the Banks in such amount; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from such Bank, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of the preceding Sections 12.06(a) and (b) shall be subject to the express provisions of this Agreement which require, or permit, differing payments to be made to Non-Defaulting Banks as opposed to Defaulting Banks.

12.07 CALCULATIONS; COMPUTATIONS. (a) The financial statements to be furnished to the Banks pursuant hereto shall be made and prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as set forth in the notes thereto or as otherwise disclosed in writing by Borrower to the Banks); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (x) except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all computations determining compliance with
Section 8, including definitions used therein, shall utilize accounting principles and policies in effect at the time of the preparation of, and in conformity with those used to prepare, the September 30, 1996 historical financial statements of Borrower delivered to the Banks pursuant to Section 6.10(b) and (y) that if at any time the computations determining compliance with Section 8 utilize accounting principles different from those utilized in the financial statements furnished to the Banks, such financial statements shall be accompanied by reconciliation work-sheets.

(b) All computations of interest and Fees hereunder shall be made on the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days.

12.08 GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. (a) This Agreement and the other Credit Documents and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and thereunder shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the law of the state of New York. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any other Credit Document may be brought in the courts of the state of New York or of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, Borrower hereby irrevocably accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower further irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to Borrower located outside New York City and by hand delivery to Borrower located within New York City, at its address for notices pursuant to Section 12.03, such service to become effective 30 days after such mailing. Nothing herein shall affect the right of the Administrative Agent, any Bank to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against Borrower in any other jurisdiction.

(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document brought in the courts referred to in clause (a) above and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(c) Each of the parties to this agreement hereby irrevocably waives all right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this agreement, the other credit documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

12.09 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. A set of counterparts executed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

12.10 EFFECTIVENESS. This Agreement shall become effective on the date (the "EFFECTIVENESS DATE") on which Borrower and each of the Banks shall have signed a copy hereof (whether the same or different copies) and shall have delivered the same to the Administrative Agent at the Payment Office of the Administrative Agent or, in the case of the Banks, shall have given to the Administrative Agent telephonic (confirmed in writing), written telex or facsimile transmission notice (actually received) at such office that the same has been signed and mailed to it.

12.11 HEADINGS DESCRIPTIVE. The headings of the several sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

12.12 AMENDMENT OR WAIVER. (a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document nor any terms hereof or thereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated unless such change, waiver, discharge or termination is in writing signed by Borrower and the Required Banks; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such change, waiver, discharge or termination shall, without the consent of each Bank (other than a Defaulting Bank) affected thereby, (i) extend the Maturity Date, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or Fees thereon, or reduce the principal amount thereof, (ii) increase the Commitment of any Bank over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the Total Commitment shall not constitute a change in the terms of any Commitment of any Bank), (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section, (iv) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Banks or (v) consent to the assignment or transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement. No provision of Sections 2 or 11, or any other provisions relating to any Letter of Credit Issuer or the Administrative Agent may be modified without the consent of such Letter of Credit Issuer or the Administrative Agent, respectively.

(b) If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination to any of the provisions of this Agreement as contemplated by clauses (i), (iii),
(iv) or (v) of the proviso to Section 12.12(a), the consent of the Required Banks is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Banks whose consent is required is not obtained, then Borrower shall have the right to replace each such non-consenting Bank or Banks (so long as all non-consenting Banks are so replaced) with one or more Replacement Banks pursuant to Section 1.13 so long as at the time of such replacement, each such Replacement Bank consents to the proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Borrower shall not have the right to replace a Bank solely as a result of the exercise of such Bank's rights (and the withholding of any required consent by such Bank) pursuant to clause (ii) of the proviso to Section 12.12(a).

12.13 SURVIVAL. All indemnities set forth herein including, without limitation, in Section 1.10, 1.11, 4.04, 11.07 or 12.01 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making and repayment of the Loans.

12.14 DOMICILE OF LOANS. Each Bank may transfer and carry its Loans at, to or for the account of any branch office, subsidiary or Affiliate of such Bank; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Borrower shall not be responsible for costs arising under Section 1.10 or 4.04 resulting from any such transfer (other than a transfer pursuant to Section 1.12(a)) to the extent not otherwise applicable to such Bank prior to such transfer.

12.15 CONFIDENTIALITY. The Banks shall hold all non-public information obtained pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement confidential and in any event may make disclosure reasonably required by any BONA FIDE transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated transfer of any Loans or participation therein (so long as such transferee or participant agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 12.15) or as required or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Bank shall notify Borrower of any request by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Bank by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information; PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that in no event shall any Bank be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by Borrower or any Subsidiary.

12.16 REGISTRY. Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent to serve as Borrower's agent, solely for purposes of this Section 12.16, to maintain a register (the "REGISTER") on which it will record the Commitments from time to time of each of the Banks, the Loans made by each of the Banks and each repayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans of each Bank. Failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation shall not affect Borrower's obligations in respect of such Loans. With respect to any Bank, the transfer of the Commitments of such Bank and the rights to the principal of, and interest on, any Loan made pursuant to such Commitments shall not be effective until such transfer is recorded on the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent with respect to ownership of such Commitments and Loans and prior to such recordation all amounts owing to the transferor with respect to such Commitments and Loans shall remain owing to the transferor. The registration of assignment or transfer of all or part of any Commitments and Loans shall be recorded by the Administrative Agent on the Register only upon the acceptance by the Administrative Agent of a properly executed and delivered Assignment and Assumption Agreement pursuant to Section 12.04(b). Coincident with the delivery of such an Assignment and Assumption Agreement to the Administrative Agent for acceptance and registration of assignment or transfer of all or part of a Loan, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the assigning or transferor Bank shall surrender the Note evidencing such Loan, and thereupon one or more new Notes in the same aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the assigning or transferor Bank and/or the new Bank.

[Signature Pages Follow]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

ADDRESS:                      GLOBAL MARINE INC.


777 N. Eldridge Road
Houston, Texas 77079-4416     By: /s/ James L. McCulloch
                              Name: James L. McCulloch
                              Title: Vice President


                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                              Individually and as
                              Administrative Agent



                              By:  /s/Patricia Hogan
                              Name:  Patricia Hogan
                              Title: Vice President

SOCIETE GENERALE,
Individually and as Co-Agent

By:  /s/John J. Wagner
Name:  John J. Wagner
Title: Vice President

CHRISTIANIA BANK og
KREDITKASSE, NEW YORK BRANCH

By:  /s/ Martin Lunder
Name:  Martin Lunder
Title: First Vice President


By:  /s/ Hans Chr. Kjelsrud
Name:  Hans Chr. Kjelsrud
Title: Vice President

CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK
BRANCH

By:  /S/ Pascal Poupelle
Name:  Pascal Poupelle
Title: Sr. Vice President

FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF
NORTH CAROLINA

By:/s/ Michael J. Kolosowsky
Name:  Michael J. Kolosowsky
Title: Vice President

THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED

By:  /s/ David Kelley
Name:  David Kelley
Title: Sr. Vice President

THE SANWA BANK, LIMITED,
DALLAS AGENCY

By:  /s/ Blake Wright
Name:  Blake Wright
Title: Vice President

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

By:  /s/ A. S. Norsworthy
Name: A. S. Norsworthy
Title: Sr. Team Leader -
       Loan Operations

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA
BANKEN AB (publ.)

By: /s/ Per K. Frolick/Lars Bjerrek
Name:  Per K. Frolick/Lars Bjerrek
Title:

THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED

By: /s/ Harumitsu Seki
Name:  Harumitsu Seki
Title: General Manager

GUARANTY

GUARANTY, dated as of February 12, 1997, made by the undersigned (each a "GUARANTOR" and collectively, the "GUARANTORS"). Except as otherwise defined herein, terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement (as herein- after defined) shall be used herein as therein defined.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Global Marine Inc. ("BORROWER"), various financial institutions from time to time party thereto (the "BANKS"), Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent (the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT"), and Societe Generale, as Co-Agent (the "CO-AGENT", have entered into a CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 12, 1997, (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), providing for the making of Loans and the issuance of, and participation in, Letters of Credit as contemplated therein (the Banks, the Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent and each Letter of Credit Issuer, are herein collectively called the "CREDITORS");

WHEREAS, it is a condition to the making of Loans and the issuance of, and participation in, Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement that each Guarantor shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty; and

WHEREAS, each Guarantor will obtain benefits from the incurrence of Loans by Borrower and the issuance of Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement and, accordingly, desires to execute this Guaranty in order to satisfy the conditions described in the preceding paragraph and to induce the Banks to make Loans to Borrower and the Letter of Credit Issuers to issue Letters of Credit;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other benefits accruing to each Guarantor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Guarantor hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Creditors and hereby covenants and agrees with each Creditor as follows:

1. (a) Each Guarantor (i) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company or other business entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has the power and authority and has obtained all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals (a) to own its property and assets and (b) to transact the business in which it is engaged, except in such case where the failure to have such power and authority or to obtain such governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals, individually and in the aggregate, (x) is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and (y) is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations to the Banks and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, and (iii) is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified and where the failure to be so qualified could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each Guarantor has the power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of this Guaranty and each other Credit Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty and each such other Credit Document. Each Guarantor has duly executed and delivered this Guaranty and each other Credit Document to which it is a party and this Guaranty and each such other Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Guarantor, enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws generally affecting creditors' rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

(c) Neither the execution, delivery or performance by each Guarantor of this Guaranty or any other Credit Document to which it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof (i) will contravene any applicable provision of any law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality of the United States or any State thereof, (ii) will result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under (or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default under), or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are bound or to which it is subject or
(iii) will violate any provision of the Certificate or Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws or other organizational documents of such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (except for, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above only, contraventions, breaches, defaults, creations or impositions which, individually and in the aggregate, (x) are not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and (y) are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations to the Banks and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents).

(d) No Guarantor nor any of its Subsidiaries is
(i) in contravention of any applicable provision of any law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality of the United States or any State thereof, (ii) in breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or in default under (or with notice or lapse of time or both would be in default under), any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are bound or to which it is subject or (iii) in violation of any provision of the Certificate or Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws or other organizational documents of such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (except for, in the case of clauses (i) and
(ii) above only, contraventions, breaches or defaults which, individually and in the aggregate, (x) are not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and (y) are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations to the Banks and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents).

(e) Except for the orders, consents, approvals, licenses, authorizations, validations, recordings, registrations and exemptions that have already been duly made or obtained and remain in full force and effect, no order, consent, approval, license, authorization, or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, any foreign or domestic governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, is necessary or is required to authorize or is required in connection with (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty or any other Credit Document to which such Guarantor is a party or (ii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Guaranty or any such other Credit Document.

(f) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by an administrative, governmental or other public authority or other Person pending or, to the best of each Guarantor's knowledge, threatened against or with respect to such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets (i) that are likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations to the Banks and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents.

2. (a) Each Guarantor, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally, guarantees to the Creditors the full and prompt payment when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of (x) the principal of and interest on the Notes issued by, and the Loans made to, Borrower under the Credit Agreement, and all reimbursement obligations and Unpaid Drawings under the Letters of Credit issued under the Credit Agreement and (y) all other obligations (including obligations which, but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, would become due) and liabilities owing by Borrower to the Creditors under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, indemnities, Fees and interest thereon) now existing or hereafter incurred under, or in connection with, the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document and the due performance and compliance with the terms of the Credit Documents by Borrower (all such principal, interest, liabilities and obligations being herein collectively called the "GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS"). Each Guarantor understands, agrees and confirms that the Creditors may enforce this Guaranty up to the full amount of the Guaranteed Obligations against each Guarantor without pro- ceeding against any other Guarantor or Borrower, against any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, or under any other guaranty covering all or a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations. All payments by each Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be made on the same basis as payments by Borrower under Sections 4.03 and 4.04 of the Credit Agree- ment.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Guaranty to the contrary, the maximum aggregate amount of Guaranteed Obligations which each Guarantor agrees to guarantee pursuant to this Guaranty shall in no event exceed the maximum amount of Guaranteed Obligations which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to the insolvency of the debtors.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Guaranty to the contrary,

(i) as of the date hereof, the maximum aggregate amount of Guaranteed Obligations each Guarantor executing and delivering this Guaranty on the date hereof agrees to guaranty pursuant to this Guaranty shall in no event exceed the maximum amount of Guaranteed Obligations which can be guaranteed by each Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture, as determined on the date hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that on each date that pursuant to the Indenture any such Guarantor may guarantee an aggregate amount of Guaranteed Obligations greater than that on the date hereof, the maximum aggregate amount of Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed by such Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty shall increase by such amount.

(ii) as of the date any Subsidiary of the Borrower becomes a Guarantor hereunder pursuant to Section 7.11 of the Credit Agreement, the maximum aggregate amount of Guaranteed Obligations such Guarantor agrees to guaranty pursuant to this Guaranty shall in no event exceed the maximum amount of Guaranteed Obligations which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture (as in effect on the date hereof), as determined on such date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that on each date that pursuant to the Indenture such Guarantor may guarantee an aggregate amount of Guaranteed Obligations greater than that on the date such Guarantor became a Guarantor hereunder, the maximum aggregate amount of Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed by such Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty shall increase by such amount;

PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that the limitations set forth in this subparagraph (c) of Section 2 shall no longer apply if there are no Senior Secured Notes outstanding or the restrictions in the Indenture limiting the amount of Guaranteed Obligations that can be incurred by Subsidiaries are no longer in effect.

3. Additionally, each Guarantor, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees, subject to Section 2 hereof, the payment of any and all Guaranteed Obligations of Borrower to the Creditors, whether or not due or payable by Borrower, upon the occurrence in respect of Borrower of any of the events specified in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement, and unconditionally and irrevocably, jointly and severally, promises to pay such Guaranteed Obligations to the Credi- tors, or order, on demand, in lawful money of the United States. This Guaranty shall constitute a guaranty of payment, and not of collection.

4. The liability of each Guarantor hereunder is exclusive and independent of any security for or other guaranty of the indebtedness of Borrower whether executed by such Guarantor, any other Guarantor, any other guarantor or by any other party, and the liability of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected or impaired by (a) any direction as to application of payment by Borrower or by any other party, (b) any other continuing or other guaranty, undertaking or maximum liability of a guarantor or of any other party as to the indebtedness of Borrower,
(c) any payment on or in reduction of any such other guaranty or undertaking, (d) any dissolution, termination or increase, decrease or change in personnel by Borrower,
(e) any payment made to any Creditor which any Creditor repays to Borrower pursuant to court order in any bank- ruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other debtor relief proceeding, and each Guarantor waives any right to the deferral or modification of its obligations hereunder by reason of any such proceeding, (f) any action or inaction by the Creditors as contemplated in Section 6 hereof, or (g) any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of all or part of the Guaranteed Obligations or of any security therefor.

5. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of any other Guarantor, any other guarantor or Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guar- antor whether or not action is brought against any other Guarantor, any other guarantor or Borrower and whether or not any other Guarantor, any other guarantor or Borrower is joined in any such action or actions. Any payment by Borrower or other circumstance which operates to toll any statute of limitations as to Borrower shall operate to toll the statute of limitations as to each Guarantor with respect to the Obligations of Borrower.

6. Each Guarantor hereby waives notice of accep- tance of this Guaranty and notice of any liability to which it may apply, and waives promptness, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, notice of dishonor or nonpayment of any such liabilities, suit or taking of other action by the Administrative Agent or any other Creditor against, and any other notice to, any party liable thereon (including such Guarantor, any other guarantor or Borrower).

7. Any Creditor may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at any time and from time to time without the consent of, or notice to, any Guarantor, without incurring responsibility to such Guarantor, without impairing or releasing the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder, upon or without any terms or conditions and in whole or in part:

(a) change the manner, place or terms of payment of, and/or change or extend the time of payment of, renew or alter, any of the Guaranteed Obligations, any security therefor, or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof, and the guaranty herein made shall apply to the Guaranteed Obligations as so changed, extended, renewed or altered;

(b) sell, exchange, release, surrender, realize upon or otherwise deal with in any manner and in any order any property by whomsoever at any time pledged or mortgaged to secure, or howsoever securing, the Guaranteed Obligations or any liabilities (including any of those hereunder) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, and/or any offset thereagainst;

(c) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against Borrower or others or otherwise act or refrain from acting;

(d) settle or compromise any of the Guaranteed Obligations, any security therefor or any liability (including any of those hereunder) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, and may subordinate the payment of all or any part thereof to the payment of any liability (whether due or not) of Borrower to creditors of Borrower;

(e) apply any sums by whomsoever paid or howso- ever realized to any liability or liabilities of Borrower to the Creditors regardless of what liabilities of Borrower remain unpaid;

(f) release or substitute any one or more endorsers, guarantors, any Credit Party or other obligors;

(g) consent to or waive any breach of, or any act, omission or default under, any of the Credit Documents or any of the instruments or agreements referred to therein, or otherwise amend, modify or supplement any of the Credit Documents or any of such other instruments or agreements; and/or

(h) act or fail to act in any manner referred to in this Guaranty which may deprive such Guarantor of its right to subrogation against Borrower to recover full indemnity for any payments made pursuant to this Guaranty.

8. To the extent permitted by applicable law, no invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or of any security therefor shall affect, impair or be a defense to this Guaranty, and this Guaranty shall be primary, absolute and unconditional notwithstanding the occurrence of any event or the existence of any other circumstances which might constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor except, with respect to any Guarantor, payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed by it, or, with respect to any Guarantor, the release of such Guarantor from this Guaranty pursuant to Section 22 hereof and the Credit Agreement.

9. This Guaranty is a continuing one and all liabilities to which it applies or may apply under the terms hereof shall be conclusively presumed to have been created in reliance hereon. To the extent permitted by applicable law, no failure or delay on the part of any Creditor in exercising any right, power or privilege here- under shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein expressly specified are cumula- tive and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which any Creditor would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of any Creditor to any other or further action in any circum- stances without notice or demand. It is not necessary for any Creditor to inquire into the capacity or powers of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the officers, directors, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on its behalf, and any indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder.

10. Any indebtedness of Borrower now or here- after held by any Guarantor is hereby subordinated to the indebtedness of Borrower to the Creditors; and such indebtedness of Borrower to any Guarantor, if the Administrative Agent, after an Event of Default has occurred, so requests, shall be collected, enforced and received by such Guarantor as trustee for the Creditors and be paid over to the Creditors on account of the indebtedness of Borrower to the Creditors, but without affecting or impairing in any manner the liability of such Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty. Prior to the transfer by any Guarantor of any note or negotiable instrument evidencing any indebtedness of Borrower to such Guarantor, such Guarantor shall mark such note or negotiable instrument with a legend that the same is subject to this subordination. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor hereby agrees with the Creditors that it will not exercise any right of subrogation which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty (whether contractual, under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise) until all Guaranteed Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full in cash.

11. (a) Each Guarantor waives any right (except as shall be required by applicable law and cannot be waived) to require the Creditors to (A) proceed against Borrower, any other Guarantor, any other guarantor or any other party, (B) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower, any other Guarantor, any other guarantor or any other party or (C) pursue any other remedy in the Creditors' power whatsoever. Each Guarantor waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any defense based on or arising out of any defense of Borrower, any other Guarantor, any other guarantor or any other party other than payment in full of its respective Guaranteed Obligations, including without limitation any defense based on or arising out of the disability of Borrower, any other Guarantor, any other guarantor or any other party, or the unenforceability of its respective Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of Borrower other than payment in full of its respective Guaranteed Obligations. The Creditors may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by the Administrative Agent or the other Creditors by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable (to the extent such sale is permitted by applicable law), or exercise any other right or remedy the Creditors may have against Borrower or any other party, or any security, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the respective Guaranteed Obligations have been paid in full. Each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election by the Creditors, even though such election operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against Borrower or any other party or any security.

(b) Each Guarantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, protests and notices, including without limitation notices of nonperformance, notices of protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guaranty, and notices of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of Borrower's financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks which such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that the Creditors shall have no duty to advise any Guarantor of information known to them regarding such circumstances or risks.

12. The Creditors agree that this Guaranty may be enforced only by the action of the Administrative Agent acting upon the instructions of the Required Banks and that no Creditor shall have any right individually to seek to enforce or to enforce this Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Creditors upon the terms of this Guaranty. The Creditors further agree that this Guaranty may not be enforced against any director, officer, employee or stockholder of any Guarantor (except to the extent such stockholder is also a Guarantor hereunder).

13. Each Guarantor covenants and agrees that on and after the date hereof and until the termination of the Total Commitment and when no Letter of Credit or Note remains outstanding and all Guaranteed Obligations have been paid in full, such Guarantor shall take, or will refrain from taking, as the case may be, all actions that are necessary to be taken or not taken so that no violation of any provision, covenant or agreement contained in
Section 7 or 8 of the Credit Agreement, and so that no Event of Default, is caused by the actions of such Guar- antor or any of its Subsidiaries.

14. The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of each Creditor in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty and any amendment, waiver or consent relating hereto (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel employed by any of the Creditors).

15. This Guaranty shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Creditors and their successors and assigns.

16. Neither this Guaranty nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (other than pursuant to Section 22 hereof) except with the written consent of the Required Banks (or to the extent required by Section 12.12 of the Credit Agreement, with the written consent of each Bank) and each Guarantor affected thereby (it being understood that the addition or release of any Guarantor hereunder shall not constitute a change, waiver, discharge or termination affecting any Guarantor other than the Guarantor so added or released).

17. Each Guarantor acknowledges that an executed (or conformed) copy of each of the Credit Documents has been made available to its principal executive officers and such officers are familiar with the contents thereof.

18. In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 151 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law) and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (such term to mean and include any "Event of Default" as defined in the Credit Agreement continuing after any applicable grace period), each Creditor is hereby authorized at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor or to any other Person, any such notice being expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special) and any other indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Creditor to or for the credit or the account of such Guarantor, against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of such Guarantor to such Creditor under this Guaranty, irrespective of whether or not such Creditor shall have made any demand hereunder and although said obligations, liabilities, deposits or claims, or any of them, shall be contingent or unmatured.

19. All notices, requests, demands or other com- munications pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered to the Person to which such notice, request, demand or other communication is required or permitted to be given or made under this Guar- anty, addressed to such party at (i) in the case of any Creditor, as provided in the Credit Agreement and (ii) in the case of any Guarantor, at its address set forth opposite its signature below; or in any case at such other address as any of the Persons listed above may hereafter notify the others in writing.

20. If any claim is ever made upon any Creditor for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received in payment or on account of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and any of the aforesaid payees repays all or part of said amount by reason of (a) any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over such payee or any of its property or (b) any settlement or compromise of any such claim effected by such payee with any such claimant (including Borrower), then and in such event each Guarantor agrees that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement or compromise shall be binding upon such Guarantor, notwithstanding any revocation hereof or of any other instrument evidencing any liability of Borrower, and such Guarantor shall be and remain liable to the aforesaid payees hereunder for the amount so repaid or recovered to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by any such payee.

21. THIS GUARANTY AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE CREDITORS AND OF THE UNDERSIGNED HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Guaranty or any other Credit Document may be brought in the courts of the State of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and, by execution and delivery of this Guaranty, each Guarantor hereby accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and hereby irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to object to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the aforesaid courts and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim that any such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Borrower, with offices on the date hereof at 777 N. Eldridge Road, Houston, Texas 77079 as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for any on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service or any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents which may be served in any such action or proceeding. If for any reason such designee, appointee and agent shall cease to be available to act as such, each Guarantor agrees to designate a new designee, appointee and agent in New York City on the terms and for the purposes of this provision satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for the Banks under this Guaranty. Each Guarantor further irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to each Guarantor at its address set forth opposite its signature below. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any of the Creditors to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against each Guarantor in any other jurisdiction.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Guaranty or any other credit document brought in the courts referred to in clause (a) above and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

22. (a) In the event that all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor is sold or otherwise disposed of or liquidated in compliance with the requirements of Section 8.02 of the Credit Agreement (or such sale or other disposition has been approved in writing by the Required Banks (or all Banks if required by Section 12.12 of the Credit Agreement)), other than any such sale, disposition or liquidation to Borrower or any Subsidiary, such Guarantor shall be released from the Guaranty and the Guaranty shall, as to such Guarantor, terminate, and have no further force or effect (it being understood and agreed that the sale of any Person that owns, directly or indirectly, the Capital Stock of any Guarantor shall be deemed to be a sale of such Guarantor).

(b) In the event that any Guarantor shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to and in accordance with Section 8.05(b) of the Credit Agreement, then such Guarantor (unless it is a guarantor of any Indebtedness of Borrower or of any Subsidiary (other than of an Unrestricted Subsidiary)) shall be released from the Guaranty and the Guaranty shall, as to such Guarantor, terminate, and have no further force or effect.

23. At any time a payment in respect of (i) the Guaranteed Obligations is made under this Guaranty, the right of contribution, if any, of each Guarantor against any other Guarantor required to make any payment to such Guarantor pursuant to this Section 23 (a "CONTRIBUTOR") shall be determined as provided in the immediately following sentence, with the right of contribution of each Guarantor to be revised and restated as of each date on which a payment (a "RELEVANT PAYMENT") is made on the Guaranteed Obligations under this Guaranty. At any time that a Relevant Payment is made by a Guarantor that results in the aggregate payments made by such Guarantor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations to and including the date of the Relevant Payment exceeding such Guarantor's Contribu- tion Percentage (as hereinafter defined) of the aggregate payments made by all Guarantors in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations to and including the date of the Relevant Payment (such excess, the "AGGREGATE EXCESS AMOUNT"), each such Guarantor shall have a right of con- tribution against each Contributor who has made payments in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations to and including the date of the Relevant Payment in an aggregate amount less than such Contributor's Contribution Percentage of the aggregate payments made to and including the date of the Relevant Payment by all Guarantors in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations (the aggregate amount of such deficit, the "AGGREGATE DEFICIT AMOUNT") in an amount equal to (x) a fraction the numerator of which is the Aggregate Excess Amount of such Guarantor and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Excess Amount of all Guarantors multiplied by (y) the Aggregate Deficit Amount of such Contributor. A Guarantor's right of contribution, if any, pursuant to the preceding sentences shall arise at the time of each computation, subject to adjustment at the time of any subsequent computation; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Guarantor may take any action to enforce such right until the Guaranteed Obligations have been paid in full, all Letters of Credit have terminated and the Total Commitment has been terminated, it being expressly recognized and agreed by all parties hereto that any Guarantor's right of contribution arising pursuant to this Section 23 against any Contributor shall be expressly junior and subordinate to such Contributor's obligations and liabilities in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and any other obligations owing under this Guaranty. As used in this Agreement, (i) each Contributor's "CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE" shall mean the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the Adjusted Net Worth of such Contributor by (y) the aggregate Adjusted Net Worth of all Guarantors of the respective Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) the "ADJUSTED NET WORTH" of each Guarantor shall mean the greater of (x) the Net Worth of such Guarantor or (y) zero; and (iii) the "NET WORTH" of each Guarantor shall mean the amount by which the fair salable value of such Guarantor's assets (other than its equity interests in another Guarantor and its rights under this Section 23) on the later of the date it first became a Guarantor hereunder and the last date on which the maximum aggregate amount of Guaranteed Obligations which it guarantees pursuant to this Guaranty is increased over that amount which it guaranteed pursuant to this Guaranty on the date it first became a Guarantor hereunder exceeds its existing debts and other liabilities (including contingent liabilities, but without giving effect to any Guaranteed Obligations arising under this Guaranty), in each case after giving effect to all transactions occurring on such date.

24. Each Guarantor recognizes and agrees that, except for any right of contribution arising pursuant to
Section 23, until the Guaranteed Obligations have been paid in full, each Guarantor who makes any payment in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have no right to exercise any right of contribution or subrogation against any other Guarantor in respect of such payment, any such right to exercise any right of contribution or subrogation arising under law or otherwise being expressly waived by all Guarantors until the Guaranteed Obligations have been paid in full.

25. Each Guarantor recognizes and acknowledges that the rights to contribution arising hereunder shall constitute an asset in favor of the party entitled to such contribution. In this connection, each Guarantor has the right to waive its contribution right against any other Guarantor to the extent that after giving effect to such waiver such Guarantor would remain solvent, in the determination of the Required Banks.

26. This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. A set of counterparts executed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent.

27. EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY, THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

28. It is understood and agreed that any Subsidiary of Borrower that is required to execute a counterpart of this Guaranty pursuant to the Credit Agreement shall automatically become a Guarantor hereunder by executing a counterpart hereof and delivering the same to the Administrative Agent.

[Signature Pages Follow]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

ADDRESS FOR EACH GUARANTOR

Global Marine Inc.                 GLOBAL MARINE BISMARCK SEA INC.
777 N. Eldridge Road
Houston, Texas 77079-4416          GLOBAL MARINE DEEPWATER DRILLING INC.

Attention:  James L. McCulloch
Telephone No.:  (281) 596-5837     GLOBAL MARINE DRILLING COMPANY
Facsimile No.:  (281) 596-5196
                                   GLOBAL MARINE NORTH SEA INC.

                                   GLOBAL MARINE WEST AFRICA INC.

                                   PETDRILL, INC.



                                   By:  /s/ James L. McCulloch
                                   Name:  James L. McCulloch
                                   Title: Vice President

Accepted and Agreed to:

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
as Administrative Agent

By:  /s/ Patricia Hogan
Name:  Patricia Hogan
Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT 10.18

GLOBAL MARINE INC.
1989 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

SIXTH AMENDMENT

The Global Marine Inc. 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as heretofore amended (the "Plan"), is hereby further amended as follows, effective November 14, 1996:

1. Subsection (b) of Section 5 of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

"(b) Such terms and conditions of exercise as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee; provided, however, that whenever an option is exercised by delivery of a notice of stock option exercise together with instructions to sell the shares issuable upon such exercise and apply proceeds from such sale to payment of the exercise price, the date of such exercise shall be the date of such sale."

2. Subsection (c) of Section 5 of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

"(c) That the option is not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, if applicable, as authorized pursuant to the following sentence, and that the option is exercisable during the grantee's lifetime only by him, his guardian or legal representative or, if applicable, by a transferee authorized pursuant to the following sentence. The Board of Directors or the Committee may, in its discretion, authorize all or a portion of the options granted or to be granted to a grantee to be on terms that permit transfer by the grantee to (i) the spouse, children or grandchildren of the grantee ("Immediate Family Members"), (ii) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of the grantee and/or Immediate Family Members,
(iii) a partnership in which the grantee and/or Immediate Family Members are the only partners, (iv) a transferee pursuant to a judgment, decree or order relating to child support, alimony or marital property rights that is made pursuant to a domestic relations law of a state or country with competent jurisdiction (a "Domestic Relations Order"), or (v) such other transferee as may be approved by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that (x) the Stock Option Agreement relating to such options must be approved by the Board of Directors or the Committee and must expressly provide for transferability in a manner consistent with this subsection, and (y) subsequent transfers of transferred options shall be prohibited except those to the original grantee or by the original grantee in accordance with this subsection, by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order. Following any transfer, an option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer, and any and all references to the grantee in the relevant Stock Option Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the transferee; provided, however, that events of termination of employment, if any, referred to in the Stock Option Agreement shall continue to mean events of termination of the original grantee's employment, and following any such event the options shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent and for the periods specified in the Stock Option Agreement."

3. A new section is hereby added at the end of the Plan, said section to be and read as follows:

"11. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT. The adoption and maintenance of the provisions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and any employee, or to be consideration for, or an inducement or condition of, the employment of any person. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give to any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or to interfere with the right of any employer to discharge any employee at any time, nor shall it be deemed to give to any employer the right to require any employee to remain in its employ, nor shall it interfere with any employee's right to terminate his employment at any time."

4. Terms used in this Amendment and not defined herein are used herein as they are defined in the Plan. References in the Plan to "this Plan" (and indirect references such as "hereof" and "herein") are amended to refer to the Plan as amended by this Amendment.

5. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.


EXHIBIT 10.20

GLOBAL MARINE INC.

INCENTIVE STOCK SALE AGREEMENT
(1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan)

GLOBAL MARINE INC. (the "Company"), desiring to afford an opportunity to the offeree identified as such below (the "Offeree") to purchase shares of the Company's common stock, $.10 par value per share (the "Common Stock") at an incentive purchase price below the market price at the time of sale as compensation for the Offeree's services as an employee of the Company or of one or more of its subsidiaries, hereby makes an offer to sell to the Offeree, under the Company's 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, the number of shares of such Common Stock specified below, at the price specified below, subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth below (the "Offer").

1. SPECIFICATION OF DATE, OFFEREE, NUMBER OF SHARES, PURCHASE PRICE AND TERM.

(a) The date of the Offer is February 11, 1997.

(b) The Offeree is _______________________.

(c) The number of shares of the Company's Common Stock offered hereby is ____________________.

(d) The purchase price of the Common Stock offered hereby is $0.10 per share.

(e) The term of the Offer shall expire at the close of business at the Company's principal executive office in Houston, Texas, on February 13, 1997; from and after that time, if the Offer has not been accepted before that time as provided in this Agreement, neither the Offeree nor the Company shall have any rights or obligations under this Agreement.

2. METHOD OF ACCEPTANCE AND PURCHASE. The Offeree may accept the Offer by executing a copy of this Agreement in the acceptance space provided below and delivering said executed copy or a facsimile thereof during the term of the Offer to the Secretary of the Company at the Company's principal executive office in Houston, Texas. Such acceptance shall be completed to indicate the number of shares being purchased. Payment of the purchase price for such number of shares will be effected by means of immediate payroll deduction. Promptly after receipt of such acceptance, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, issue a certificate for such number of shares to the Offeree.

3. WAGE WITHHOLDING AND EMPLOYMENT TAXES. The Company and the Offeree understand and agree that, (i) with respect to shares of the Common Stock purchased under this Agreement that are not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (or, if subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, with respect to which a timely election under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code has been filed), the Offeree will recognize ordinary income for tax purposes to the extent of any excess of the fair market value of such shares at the time they are transferred to the Offeree over the price paid for the shares,
(ii) with respect to shares of the Common Stock purchased under this Agreement that are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and with respect to which a timely Section 83 election is not filed, then, upon lapse of the restrictions which impose a substantial risk of forfeiture, the Offeree will recognize ordinary income for tax purposes to the extent of any excess of the fair market value of such shares at such time over the price paid for the shares, and (iii) any such ordinary income recognized by the Offeree will be subject to both wage withholding and employment taxes. The Offeree agrees that his employer may effect any such withholding and/or deduct any such taxes from any cash compensation that the Company or any one or more of its subsidiaries may pay the Offeree.

4. Restrictions on Share Transfer by Certain Offerees. Until six months have elapsed after the date of the Offer, the Offeree may not transfer the shares in a transaction that would constitute a "sale" under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") if the Offeree is
(a) a director of Global Marine Inc., (b) an "officer" of Global Marine Inc. as such term is defined for purposes of the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission under
Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or (c) a beneficial owner of more than ten percent of the issued and outstanding Common Stock. Furthermore, the Offeree understands and acknowledges that, if he is an Offeree described in (a), (b) or (c) in the preceding sentence, his transfer of any other shares of the Common Stock in a "sale" transaction during the six-month period mentioned above could be matched with his purchase of shares of the Common Stock under this Agreement and subject him to liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

5. NON-TRANSFERABLE. The Offer may not be transferred and may be accepted only by the Offeree.

6. LIMITATION. The Offeree shall be entitled to the privileges of stock ownership in respect of shares subject to the Offer only when such shares have been issued and delivered to him as fully paid shares upon purchase of Common Stock in accordance with this Agreement.

7. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW AND OF STOCK EXCHANGES. The issuance of shares upon acceptance of the Offer shall be subject to compliance with all of the applicable requirements of law with respect to the issuance and sale of such shares. In addition, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates upon acceptance of the Offer prior to the admission of such shares to listing on notice of issuance on any stock exchange on which shares of the same class are then listed. In the event the Company's legal counsel shall advise it that registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of the shares as to which the Offer is accepted is required prior to issuance thereof, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such shares unless and until such legal counsel shall advise that such registration has been completed or is not required.

8. GLOBAL MARINE INC. 1989 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN. The Offer and any acceptance and purchase under this Agreement are made under and are subject to, and the Company and the Offeree agree to be bound by, all of the terms and conditions of the Company's 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as the same shall have been amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, provided that no such amendment shall deprive the Offeree, without his consent, of the Offer or any rights hereunder. Pursuant to said Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company or its Committee established for such purposes is authorized to adopt rules and regulations not inconsistent with the Plan and to take such action in the administration of the Plan as it shall deem proper. A copy of the Plan in its present form is available for inspection during business hours by the Offeree at the Company's principal office.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date of the Offer stated above.

GLOBAL MARINE INC.

By:_________________________

ACCEPTED for _____ shares:


(Offeree)

EXHIBIT 10.24

February 11, 1997

TO: ________________

PERFORMANCE STOCK

In order to provide incentive compensation specifically directed toward achievement of long term performance goals, you have been granted an opportunity to acquire as many as ______ shares of Global Marine common stock. The company will offer you none, some or all of these shares at the time of the first regular meeting of the company's board of directors in 2000, depending on the extent to which the performance objectives set forth in Exhibit A have been achieved.

This grant amounts to an incremental opportunity to earn significant compensation, provided that we are able to achieve the ambitious targets established for cumulative EBITDA, 1999 EPS, and stock price. This incentive arrangement is designed so that the management team wins if the shareholders win.

The terms and conditions of your grant under this incentive arrangement are outlined in the attached Exhibit A. The conditions are based on the company's performance during the period 1997-1999, as measured against long term performance goals established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors

I look forward to working with you in an effective mutual effort to assure that the target goals are more than accomplished.

EXHIBIT A

GLOBAL MARINE INC.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF
OPPORTUNITY TO ACQUIRE PERFORMANCE STOCK
(Performance Period 1997-1999)

GLOBAL MARINE INC. (the "Company"), desiring to afford you a conditional opportunity to acquire shares of the Company's common stock, $.10 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), as added incentive to achieve the long-term objectives of the Company and its subsidiaries, has established the following terms and conditions under which it will offer shares of Common Stock to you under the Company's 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "Plan").

1. CONDITIONAL OPPORTUNITY TO ACQUIRE SHARES. At the time of the first regular meeting of the Company's board of directors held in 2000, the Company will offer shares of the Common Stock to you, up to the full number of shares stated in the first paragraph of the cover page of this memorandum (the "Shares"), subject to the terms and conditions outlined in this memorandum and the terms and conditions of the Plan as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms. The Shares will be offered to you and you will have the opportunity to acquire the Shares in the form of an incentive stock purchase under the Plan, at the same price and by substantially the same method used to pay you a 1994 incentive bonus award in February 1995.

2. NUMBER OF SHARES TO BE OFFERED. The Company will offer you none, some or all of the Shares. The exact number of Shares to be offered will depend on the performance of the Company and its subsidiaries during the period 1997-1999 as measured against the following long-term performance goals (the "Performance Goals") established by the Compensation Committee of the Company's board of directors (the "Compensation Committee"):

Cumulative EBITDA: Cumulative earnings of the Company and

                    its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
                    before interest, taxes, depreciation and
                    amortization for fiscal years 1997, 1998
                    and 1999.
                    Threshold = $1.2 billion; Target = $1.5
                    billion.

1999 E.P.S.:        Earnings per share of the Company's
                    Common Stock for fiscal year 1999.
                    Threshold = $2.00/share; Target =
                    $3.00/share.

Stock Price:        Average of the daily closing prices for
                    one share of the Company's Common Stock
                    during the fourth quarter of 1999
                    compared to the average of the daily
                    closing prices for one share of the
                    Company's Common Stock during the fourth
                    quarter of 1996.
                    Threshold = +30%; Target = +50%.

The total number of Shares stated in the first paragraph of the cover page of this memorandum has been allocated among the three Performance Goals as follows: 40% are Cumulative EBITDA Shares; 40% are 1999 E.P.S. Shares; and 20% are Stock Price Shares. You will be offered a percentage of the Shares allocated to each Performance Goal, depending on actual performance as measured against that respective Performance Goal, as follows:

PERFORMANCE:             PERCENTAGE

Below Threshold          0%

At Threshold             25%

Between Threshold        A proportionate percentage
  and Target             between 25% and 100%, based on
                         straight-linie interpolation
                         between the threshold and
                         target objectives.

At or Above Target       100%

3. NON-TRANSFERABLE. You may not transfer your right to acquire Shares under this memorandum other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

4. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. You will not be entitled to acquire any of the Shares after termination of your employment with the Company and its subsidiaries unless such termination is by reason of early retirement not objected to by the Compensation Committee, normal retirement, disability or death, or unless your employment with the Company and its subsidiaries is terminated by the Company or any such subsidiary other than for cause (to mean acts of misconduct harmful to the Company, inadequate performance or incompetence). If your employment is terminated by reason of early retirement not objected to by the Compensation Committee, normal retirement or disability, or by the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than for cause, the number of Shares that the Company would otherwise offer to you at the time of the Company's first regular board meeting held in 2000 will be prorated based on your months of employment completed during the period 1997-1999 compared to 36 months, and the Company will offer to you or your legal representative or representatives, at the time of said board meeting, a reduced number of Shares based on such proration. If your employment is terminated by reason of your death, the total number of Shares stated in the first paragraph of the cover page of this memorandum will be multiplied by 50% and the resulting number will be prorated based on your months of employment completed during the period 1997-1999 compared to 36 months, and the Company will offer to the appropriate person or persons named under your last will and testament or determined under applicable intestate laws, at the time of the Company's first regular board meeting held in 2000, a reduced number of Shares based on such multiplication and proration. Termination of your "employment" with the Company and its subsidiaries will be deemed to occur at the close of business on the earliest of
(i) the last day on which you are assigned to a position with the Company or any of its subsidiaries for the purpose of performing your occupation, in the case of termination by reason of your early or normal retirement, disability or death, (ii) the last day of the period during which you are entitled to receive salary continuation under any agreement, policy, plan or other arrangement with the Company or any of its affiliates, in the case of any termination entitling you to such salary continuation, (iii) the last day of an approved leave of absence if you do not resume the performance of your occupation for the Company or any of its subsidiaries on or before the next business day, and (iv) the last day on which you are assigned to a position with the Company or any of its subsidiaries for the purpose of performing your occupation in any other case. For purposes of this paragraph, the term "disability" shall mean any physical or mental condition which totally and permanently prevents you from engaging in any substantial gainful activity, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Compensation Committee.

5. ADJUSTMENTS. Except as provided in the following paragraph, if outstanding shares of the class then subject to the conditional opportunity to acquire Shares outlined herein are increased, decreased, changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or securities of the Company through reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split, then there will be substituted for each Share then subject to such opportunity and for each share upon which any of the Performance Goals are then based the number and class of shares or securities into or for which each share of the class subject to such opportunity shall be so changed or exchanged, all without any change in the aggregate purchase price for the Shares then subject to such opportunity, but with a corresponding adjustment in the purchase price per Share. Such adjustments will become effective on the effective date of any such transaction; except that in the event of a stock dividend or of a stock split effected by means of a stock dividend or distribution, such adjustments will become effective immediately after the record date therefor.

Upon a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or upon a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more corporations as a result of which the Company is not the surviving company, your opportunity to acquire Shares and the obligations of the Company hereunder will terminate, unless provision is made in writing in connection with such transaction for the assumption of such obligations, or the substitution for such obligations of similar obligations involving the stock of a successor employer corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the conditions thereof and the number and kind of Shares and prices, in which event your opportunity to acquire Shares and the obligations of the Company hereunder will continue in the manner and under the terms so provided.

Adjustments under this Section 5 will be made by the Compensation Committee, whose determination as to what adjustments will be made, and the extent thereof, will be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares of stock will be issued pursuant to any acquisition of Shares or in connection with any adjustment contemplated herein.

6. LIMITATION. You will not be entitled to the privileges of stock ownership in respect of any of the Shares until they have been issued and delivered pursuant to the terms and conditions of this memorandum and the Plan.

7. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW AND STOCK EXCHANGES. Your right to acquire the Shares and issuance of the Shares will be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of law. In addition, the Company will not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for any of the Shares prior to the admission of such Shares to listing on notice of issuance on any stock exchange on which shares of the same class are then listed.

By acquiring any of the Shares as contemplated herein, you will be representing and agreeing for yourself and your transferees by will or by the laws of descent and distribution that, unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), is in effect as to the Shares acquired, any and all Shares so acquired will be acquired for investment and not for sale or distribution, and each such acquisition will be accompanied by a representation and warranty in writing, signed by the person entitled to make such acquisition, that the Shares are being so acquired in good faith for investment and not for sale or distribution. In the event the Company's legal counsel, at the Company's request, advises it that registration under the Securities Act of the acquired Shares is required prior to issuance thereof, the Company will not be required to issue or deliver the Shares unless and until such legal counsel advises it that such registration has been completed or is not required.

By acquiring any of the Shares, you also will be representing and agreeing for yourself and your transferees by will or the laws of descent and distribution that if you are an officer of the Company or any other person who might be deemed an "affiliate" of the Company under the Securities Act at the time any Shares that have been acquired are proposed to be sold, you or they will not sell such Shares (a) without giving thirty days advance notice in writing to the Company, and (b) until the Company has advised you or them that such sale may be made without registration under the Securities Act or, if such registration is required, that such registration has been effected.

8. RESTRICTIONS ON SHARE TRANSFER BY CERTAIN PERSONS. In the case of Cumulative EBITDA Shares and 1999 E.P.S. Shares, until six months have elapsed after the date of the Company's unconditional offer of such Shares to you, or, in the case of Stock Price Shares, until six months have elapsed after the date the Compensation Committee approved the recommendation that you be granted a conditional opportunity to acquire such Shares, you may not transfer such Shares in a transaction that would constitute a "sale" under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), if you are at the time of the sale a person subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

9. WAGE WITHHOLDING AND EMPLOYMENT TAXES. Your acquisition of any of the Shares as outlined herein may result in ordinary income at the time of acquisition. Such ordinary income will be subject to both wage withholding and employment taxes, and the Company or your employer may be required to effect such withholding and/or deduct such taxes. Except as set forth below, you may make an irrevocable election to satisfy, in whole or in part, your obligation to reimburse the Company or your employer for such taxes (an "Election") by (i) making a cash payment to the Company, (ii) having the Company deduct the required amount from any cash compensation that the Company or any of its subsidiaries may owe you, (iii) surrendering your right to acquire either a specified number of the Shares or Shares having a specified value, in each case with a value not in excess of your related tax liability, (iv) tendering shares previously issued pursuant to the Plan or other shares of the Company's common stock owned by you, or
(v) combining any or all of the foregoing in any fashion; provided, however, that, if you are at the time the withholding obligation arises a person subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, you must satisfy such obligation by surrendering your right to acquire such number of Shares as will have a value sufficient to satisfy such obligation, but not in excess of such liability. The Compensation Committee may disapprove of any Election or suspend or terminate the right to make Elections at any time or from time to time. All withheld or surrendered Shares and other shares tendered in payment will be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date the withholding obligation arises. "Fair Market Value" with regard to stock of the Company on a particular date shall mean the average of the high and low quotations at which the stock is traded on that particular date as reported in the "NYSE-Composite Transactions" section of the Southwest Edition of The Wall Street Journal for that date (corrected for obvious typographical errors), or, if no prices are quoted for that date, on the last preceding date for which such prices of shares of stock are so quoted. In the event "NYSE-Composite Transactions" cease to be reported as such, or in the event that the Company's stock is no longer quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, an appropriate substitute published stock quotation system will be selected by the Compensation Committee, consistent with appropriate regulatory provisions.

10. CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT AND FUTURE GRANTS. Neither the granting to you of an opportunity to acquire stock nor the other arrangements outlined herein give you the right to remain in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to be selected to receive similar or identical grants in the future.

11. GLOBAL MARINE INC. 1989 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN, THE BOARD AND THE COMMITTEE. The opportunity to acquire Shares outlined in this memorandum has been granted to you, and any offer or sale of Shares will be made, under and pursuant to the Plan as the same shall have been amended from time to time in accordance with its terms. The decision of the Company's board of directors or the Committee on any questions concerning the interpretation or administration of the Plan or any matters covered in this memorandum will be final and conclusive. No amendment to the Plan or decision of the board or the Committee will deprive you, without your consent, of any rights hereunder.

A copy of the Plan in its present form is available at the Company's principal office for inspection during business hours by you or other persons who may be entitled to acquire any of the Shares as contemplated herein.

References in this Exhibit A to "this memorandum" (and indirect references such as "hereof," "hereunder" and "herein") refer to the attached cover page of this memorandum and this Exhibit A, each of which constitutes an integral part of this memorandum.


EXHIBIT 10.34

GLOBAL MARINE
OUTSIDE DIRECTOR DEFERRED
COMPENSATION TRUST

THIS TRUST AGREEMENT made this 26th day of February, 1997, but effective January 1, 1996 by and between GLOBAL MARINE INC., a Delaware corporation having its principal offices in Houston, Texas ("Company"), and TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association ("Trustee");

WHEREAS, Company has established the Global Marine Retirement Plan for Outside Directors (the "Plan");

WHEREAS, Company has incurred or expects to incur liability under the terms of such Plan with respect to the individuals participating in such Plan;

WHEREAS, Company wishes to establish a trust (hereinafter called "Trust") and to contribute to the Trust assets that shall be held therein, subject to the claims of the Company's creditors in the event of Company's Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to Plan participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plan;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; and

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Company to make contributions to the Trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of its liabilities under the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST

(a) Company hereby deposits with Trustee in trust $900,000, which shall become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.

(b) The Trust shall be irrevocable from and after January 1, 1996.

(c) The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly.


(d) The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of Company and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan participants and general creditors as herein set forth. Plan participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Plan and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Plan participants and their beneficiaries against Company. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of Company's general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in
Section 3(a) herein.

(e) Company, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. Neither Trustee nor any Plan participant or beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

(f) Upon a Change of Control, Company shall, as soon as possible, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days following the Change of Control, as defined in Section 13(d) herein, make an irrevocable contribution to the Trust in an amount, determined in accordance with Section 1(g), that is sufficient to pay each Plan participant or beneficiary the benefits to which Plan participants or their beneficiaries would be entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan as of the date on which the Change of Control occurred.

(g) The amount required to be contributed, if any, pursuant to Section 1(f) herein shall be determined by an independent actuarial firm selected by Company, in its sole discretion. Such amount shall be equal to the present value of the accrued benefits of each participant or beneficiary as of the date of the contribution, whether or not then vested and nonforfeitable, determined using the interest rate assumption that would be used by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation during the month in which the contribution occurs to value annuities for a pension plan termination, the GAM 83 mortality table, and the other relevant assumptions used by Company in computing the accumulated benefit obligation for the Global Marine Retirement Plan for Employees or any successor plan (the "Retirement Plan") in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Bulletin 87 for its financial statements as of the date of the most recent financial statements completed before such contribution or if the Company does not maintain the Retirement Plan, such assumptions as are deemed reasonable by the actuary.

SECTION 2. PAYMENTS TO PLAN PARTICIPANTS AND THEIR BENEFICIARIES

(a) Company shall deliver to Trustee a schedule (the "Payment Schedule") that indicates the amounts payable in respect of each Plan participant (and his or her beneficiaries), that provides a formula or other instructions acceptable to Trustee for determining the amount so payable, the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for or available under the Plan), and the time of commencement for payment of such amounts. Except as otherwise provided herein, Trustee shall make payments to the Plan participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with such Payment Schedule. The Trustee shall make provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities or determine that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid by Company.


(b) The entitlement of a Plan participant or his or her beneficiaries to benefits under the Plan shall be determined by Company or such party as it shall designate under the Plan, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plan.

(c) Company may make payment of benefits directly to Plan participants or their beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Plan. Company shall notify Trustee of its decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable to participants or their beneficiaries. In addition, if the principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon, are not sufficient to make payments of benefits in accordance with the terms of the Plan, Company shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due. Trustee shall notify Company where principal and earnings are not sufficient.

SECTION 3. TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING PAYMENTS TO TRUST BENEFICIARY WHEN COMPANY IS INSOLVENT

(a) Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Plan participants and their beneficiaries if the Company is insolvent. Company shall be considered "Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(b) At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of Company under federal and state law as set forth below.

(1) The Board of Directors and the President of Company shall have the duty to inform Trustee in writing of Company's Insolvency. If a person claiming to be a creditor of the Company alleges in writing to the Trustee that Company has become Insolvent, Trustee shall determine whether Company is Insolvent and, pending such determination, Trustee shall discontinue payment of benefits to Plan participants or their beneficiaries.

(2) Unless Trustee has actual knowledge of Company's Insolvency or has received notice from Company or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that Company is Insolvent, Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether Company is Insolvent. Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning Company's solvency as may be furnished to Trustee and that provides Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning Company's solvency.

(3) If at any time Trustee has determined that Company is Insolvent, Trustee shall discontinue payments to Plan participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of Company's general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of Plan participants or their beneficiaries to pursue their right as general creditors of Company with respect to benefits due under the Plan or otherwise.


(4) Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Plan participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2 of this Trust Agreement only after Trustee has determined that Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

(c) Provided that there are sufficient assets, if Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Plan participants or their beneficiaries under the terms of the Plan for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to Plan participants or their beneficiaries by Company in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

SECTION 4. PAYMENTS TO COMPANY

Except as provided in Section 3 hereof, after the Trust has become irrevocable, Company shall have no right or power to direct Trustee to return to Company or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payment of benefits have been made to Plan participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

SECTION 5. INVESTMENT AUTHORITY

(a) Subject to the investment direction of the Retirement Plan Committee of Company (the "Retirement Plan Committee"), funds held for the account of the Trust may be invested by Trustee in obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof, corporate debt securities currently rated A or better in Moody's, notes secured by first mortgages on real estate, certificates of deposit, demand or time deposits, life insurance and annuity contracts, commercial paper rates P-1 or A-1 or master note agreements of companies the commercial paper of which is rated P-1 or A-1 and pooled, common or group investment funds offered by or through Trustee.

(b) The Retirement Plan Committee, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to time direct, require or permit different or additional investments of Trust assets, except that in no event may Trustee invest in securities (including stock or rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by Company, other than a de minimis amount held in common investment vehicles in which Trustee invests. All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by Trustee or the person designated by Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with Plan participants.

(c) Company shall have the right, at any time, and from time to time in its sole discretion, to substitute assets of equal fair market value for any asset held by the Trust. This right is exercisable by Company in a nonfiduciary capacity without the approval or consent of any person in a fiduciary capacity.

SECTION 6. DISPOSITION OF INCOME

During the term of this Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.


SECTION 7. ACCOUNTING BY TRUSTEE

(a) The Trust's fiscal year shall be the calendar year. Trustee shall maintain the books of the Trust on the cash receipts and disbursements method of accounting.

(b) For federal and state income tax purposes, Trustee shall file such returns and statements as it is directed by the Retirement Plan Committee to so file in order to comply with applicable provisions of the Code, regulations thereunder and any state laws and regulations thereunder.

(c) Trustee shall provide the Retirement Plan Committee annual reports respecting cash receipts and disbursements of the Trust Fund.

(d) The Retirement Plan Committee shall have the right to examine during regular business hours Trustee's books and records respecting the Trust Fund by giving Trustee two (2) weeks' prior written notice of its desire to inspect such books and records.

SECTION 8. RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE

(a) Trustee is empowered to act in its discretion and shall not be personally or individually liable to Company for any act or omission except in the case of gross negligence, bad faith or fraud.

(b) Trustee shall be indemnified by, and receive reimbursement from, Company against and from any and all liability, expense, claim, damage or loss incurred by it individually or as Trustee in the administration of the Trust or any part or parts thereof, or in the doing of any act done or performed or omission occurring on account of its being Trustee, except such liability, expense, claim, damage or loss arising from its gross negligence, bad faith or fraud.

(c) Trustee shall receive from Company compensation for its services in implementing the Trust as set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

(d) No bond or other security shall be required of Trustee.

(e) To the extent allowed by applicable law, Trustee shall not be prohibited in any way in exercising its powers or from dealing with itself in any other capacity, fiduciary or otherwise.

(f) Pursuant to Section 113.059 of the Texas Trust Code, Company as Trustor hereby relieves Trustee from any or all duties, restrictions, and liabilities otherwise imposed upon Trustee by the Texas Trust Code except for such duties, restrictions, and liabilities as are imposed (a) by Sections 113.052, 113.053 and 113.057 of the Texas Trust Code, (b) by the terms and conditions of this Trust Agreement, or (c) by any other applicable law, rule or regulation.

(g) Whenever Trustee, in the administration of the provisions of this Trust Agreement, shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such matter may, in the absence of bad faith on the part of Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively


proved by a certificate delivered to Trustee by Company or the Retirement Plan Committee, as the case may be, and such certificate shall be complete authority to Trustee for any action taken or suffered by it under the provisions of this Trust Agreement upon the faith thereof. In the case of Company, such certificate shall be signed by the President or any Vice President of Company.

(h) Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on Trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

(i) However, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8(h) above, Trustee may loan to Company the proceeds of any borrowing against an insurance policy held as an asset of the Trust.

(j) Notwithstanding any powers granted to Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

(k) Trustee shall have the power to employ such accountants, lawyers, brokers or other agents as Trustee deems advisable in administering this Trust, and to reasonably rely upon information and advice furnished by such accountants, lawyers, brokers and other agents.

(l) Trustee shall have the power from time to time to register any property in the name of its nominee or in its own name, or to hold it unregistered or in such form that title shall pass by delivery or to cause the same to be deposited in a depository clearing corporation or system established to settle transfers of securities and to cause such securities to be merged and held in bulk by the nominee of such depository or clearing corporation or system.


SECTION 9. COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE

Trustee shall receive for its services as trustee hereunder the compensation which may be agreed upon from time to time by Company and Trustee. All amounts due Trustee as compensation for its services shall be paid by Company, or disbursed by Trustee out of the Trust, and, until paid, shall constitute a charge upon the Trust. Brokerage fees, commissions, stock transfer taxes and other charges and expenses incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust or distribution thereof shall be paid by Trustee from the Trust. All taxes imposed or levied with respect to the Trust or any part thereof, under existing or future laws, shall be paid from the Trust. Expenses incurred by Trustee in the administration of the Trust (including fees for legal, actuarial, investment, or other services and all other proper charges and expenses of Trustee and of Trustee's agents and counsel) shall be paid by Company or disbursed from the Trust by Trustee and, until paid, shall constitute a charge upon the Trust.

SECTION 10. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE

(a) Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to Company, which shall be effective 30 days after receipt of such notice (the "Resignation Notice Date") unless Company and Trustee agree otherwise and by accounting to its successor for the administration of the Trust as may be required by the successor Trustee.

(b) Trustee may be removed, by Company at any time; provided, however, that no such removal shall be effective unless contemporaneously with such removal a successor Trustee is appointed by Company.

(c) Upon a Change of Control, as defined herein, Trustee may not be removed by Company for two (2) years.

(d) Upon resignation or removal of Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor Trustee. The transfer shall be completed within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless Company extends the time limit.

(e) If Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed, in accordance with Section 11 hereof, by the effective date of resignation or removal under paragraphs (a) or
(b) of this Section 10. If no such appointment has been made, Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. All expenses of Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.

SECTION 11. APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR

(a) In the event Trustee has given notice of its intention to resign, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Company within ten (10) days of the Resignation Notice Date. Notice of the appointment of a successor Trustee shall be given by the resigning Trustee to Company on the Resignation Notice Date at the address of Company as last reflected on the records of Trustee.


(b) In the event that a successor Trustee has not been appointed by Company within twenty (20) days after the Resignation Notice Date or the occurrence of a vacancy in the position of Trustee, a successor Trustee may be appointed by any Texas or United States District Court holding terms in Houston, Harris County, Texas, upon the application of Trustee. In the event such Court shall deem it necessary, the Court may appoint a temporary successor Trustee or successor Trustee on such terms as to compensation as the Court shall deem necessary and reasonable notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary. A Trustee appointed under the provisions of this Section 11 shall be a state or national banking association which has a capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least $10,000,000.

(c) Immediately upon the appointment of any successor Trustee, all rights, titles duties, powers and authority of the succeeded Trustee hereunder shall be vested in and undertaken by the successor Trustee which shall be entitled to receive from the trustee which it succeeds, in addition to the accounting referred to in Section 10, all of the assets of the Trust held by it hereunder and all records and files in connection therewith.

(d) Any and all successors to a resigning Trustee shall be fully protected in relying upon the accounting referred to in
Section 10 and this Section 11. No successor Trustee shall be obligated to examine or seek alteration of any accounting of any preceding Trustee, nor shall any Trustee be liable personally for failing to do so or for any act or omission of any preceding Trustee. The preceding sentence shall not prevent any successor Trustee or anyone else from taking any action otherwise permissible in connection with any such accounting.

SECTION 12. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

(a) This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed by Trustee and Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plan or shall make the Trust revocable after it has become irrevocable in accordance with Section 1(b) hereof.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 12(c) herein, the Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Plan participants and their beneficiaries are no longer entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Upon termination of the Trust, any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to Company.

(c) Upon written approval of participants or beneficiaries entitled to payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan, Company may terminate this Trust prior to the time all benefit payments under the Plan have been made. All assets in the Trust at termination shall be returned to Company.

(d) Sections 1, 2 and 10(c) of this Trust Agreement may not be amended by Company for fifteen (15) years following a Change of Control, as defined herein.


SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

(b) Benefits payable to Plan participants and their beneficiaries under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

(c) This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Texas.

(d) For purposes of this Trust, "Change of Control" shall mean: (i) any acquisition of more than fifty percent of the voting power of Company's stock by any person or persons acting as a group for purposes of acquiring such stock, (ii) the occurrence of a change in the membership of the Board of Directors of Company during any consecutive two-year period, excluding changes due to death or disability, as a result of which individuals who were members of said Board at the beginning of such period no longer constitute a majority of said Board, (iii) shares becoming subject to delisting by the New York Stock Exchange or a successor exchange in respect of the number of publicly held shares or the number of stockholders holding one hundred shares or more, (iv) approval by the Board of Directors of Company of the sale of all or substantially all of Company's assets, or (v) approval by the Board of Directors of Company of any merger, consolidation, issuance of securities or purchase of assets which would result in an event described in (i), (ii), or (iii) above.

(e) Except as otherwise required by law, neither this Trust Agreement nor any executed copy hereof need be filed in any county, or other jurisdiction in which any of the properties comprising the Trust are located, but the same may be filed for record in any county or other jurisdiction by Trustee.

(f) Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Trust Agreement is required or permitted to be given or served upon Trustee may be given or served by in-hand delivery or by deposit, postage prepaid and by registered or certified mail, in a post office or letter box addressed to Trustee at 600 Travis, Houston, Texas 77002 or at such other address as Trustee may from time to time advise Company in writing.

(g) Whenever any notice, communication or report is given by Trustee to Company pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Agreement or is otherwise required to be provided to Company pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Agreement, Trustee shall provide, by in-hand delivery or by deposit, postage prepaid, in a post office or letter box addressed to Company at 777 N. Eldridge, Houston, Texas 77079, or at such other address as Company may from time to time advise Trustee in writing.

(h) Whenever any notice, communication, or report is given by Trustee to the Retirement Plan Committee pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Agreement or is otherwise required to be provided to the Retirement Plan Committee pursuant to the


provisions of this Trust Agreement, Trustee shall provide, by in-hand delivery or by deposit, postage prepaid, in a post office or letter box addressed to the Retirement Plan Committee at 777 N. Eldridge, Houston, Texas 77079, or at such other address as Company may from time to time advise Trustee in writing.

(i) Trustee, by joining in the execution of this Trust Agreement, accepts the Trust herein created and provided for and accepts all of the rights, powers, privileges, duties and responsibilities of Trustee hereunder and agrees to exercise and perform the same in accordance with the terms and provisions contained herein.

(j) This Trust Agreement may be executed in a number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

(k) The headings of the Sections of this Trust Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

SECTION 14. EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date of this Trust Agreement shall be January 1, 1996.

GLOBAL MARINE INC.

By:  /s/ James L. McCulloch
         Vice President

TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, Trustee

By:  /s/ Lynne Arnold
         Vice President


EXHIBIT 10.37

GLOBAL MARINE INC.

1990 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN

SECOND AMENDMENT

The Global Marine Inc. 1990 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as heretofore amended (the "Plan"), is hereby further amended as follows:

1. Article X of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

"X. TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

An Option granted hereunder shall not be transferable, whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or as authorized by the following sentence, and any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable, during the lifetime of the optionee, only by such optionee, his guardian or legal representative, or by a transferee authorized by the following sentence. An Option granted hereunder, or any portion thereof, may be transferred by the optionee to (i) the spouse, children or grandchildren of the optionee ("Immediate Family Members"), (ii) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of the optionee and/or Immediate Family Members,
(iii) a partnership in which the optionee and/or Immediate Family Members are the only partners, (iv) a transferee pursuant to a judgment, decree or order relating to child support, alimony or marital property rights that is made pursuant to a domestic relations law of a state or country with competent jurisdiction (a "Domestic Relations Order"), or (v) such other transferee as may be approved by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that (x) the Board of Directors or the Committee may prohibit any transfer with or without cause in its sole and absolute discretion, and (y) subsequent transfers of transferred Options or any portion thereof are prohibited except those to or by the original optionee in accordance with this Article, by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order. Following any transfer, an Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer, and any and all references to the optionee or Grantee in the Plan or the relevant Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the transferee; provided, however, that any and all references to service or events of termination of service in the Plan or the relevant Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement shall continue to mean the original optionee's service or events of termination of the original optionee's service, and following any such event the Options shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent and for the periods specified in the Plan or the relevant Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement. Each transfer shall be effected by written notice thereof duly signed and delivered by the transferor to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at the principal business office of the Company. Such notice shall state the name and address of the transferee, the Option and amount thereof being transferred, and such other information as may be requested by the Corporate Secretary. The person or persons entitled to exercise any Option shall be that person or those persons appearing on the registry books of the Company as the owner or owners of the Option, and the Company may treat the person or persons in whose name or names an Option is registered as the owner or owner of the Option for all purposes. The Company shall have no obligation to, or liability for any failure to, notify the optionee or any transferee of any termination of any Option at or prior to its normal expiration date or of any event that will or might result in such termination."

2. This Amendment shall become effective November 14, 1996 with respect to Options granted on and after that date. With respect to Options outstanding as of the close of business on November 13, 1996, this Amendment is subject to and shall only become effective upon a determination by the Vice President and Corporate Controller of Global Marine Inc. that this Amendment will not effect a material modification of any outstanding Option that will result in a charge to the Company's earnings.

3. Terms used in this Amendment and not defined herein are used herein as they are defined in the Plan. References in the Plan to "this Plan" (and indirect references such as "hereof" and "herein") are amended to refer to the Plan as amended by this Amendment.

4. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.


EXHIBIT 10.39

GLOBAL MARINE INC.
1997 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

PURPOSE AND ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANTS

The purpose of the 1997 Management Incentive Award Plan is to provide incentive awards in respect of service during 1997 for employees of Global Marine Inc. and its subsidiaries in grade levels 34 and above, excluding the Chief Executive Officer of Global Marine Inc. and senior executives who report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of Global Marine Inc., and also excluding employees who are eligible to participate in any other plan or arrangement under which incentive awards may be paid in cash, or shares of stock in lieu of cash, by Global Marine Inc. or any of its subsidiaries in respect of service during 1997.

PLAN

An incentive pool will be established for this plan in 1997. The pool will be equal to 5% of the amount by which the company's 1997 consolidated pretax profit exceeds $180 million.

Consideration for individual awards under this plan will be given to employees who are eligible to participate in this plan under the provisions of this plan's first paragraph; provided, however, that in cases of unusual merit consideration will be given to employees below grade level 34 when recommended by the relevant Subsidiary President or Corporate Vice President and approved by the Chief Executive Officer of Global Marine Inc. No individual will be eligible for an award of more than 50% of annual base salary.

Subject to approval by the Board of Directors of Global Marine Inc., at its discretion, incentive awards under this plan will be paid as soon as practicable after the company's 1997 results are final and may be paid in cash or, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors of Global Marine Inc., in shares of common stock of Global Marine Inc. or in any combination of cash and such shares; provided, however, that common stock will not be used to pay an incentive award under this plan to any director of Global Marine Inc., any beneficial owner of more than ten percent of the issued and outstanding common stock of Global Marine Inc., or any "officer" of Global Marine Inc. as such term is defined for purposes of the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The aggregate market value of the shares, if any, used to pay incentive awards under this plan shall be no greater than the aggregate amount of cash that otherwise would have been paid in lieu of said shares pursuant to the terms of this plan, the market


value per share being the average of the high and low prices for Global Marine Inc. common stock as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions for the day the incentive awards are determined.

Incentive awards will consider individual performance of the employee. Establishment of the annual incentive award pool shall not create or imply a promise or any other obligation of Global Marine Inc. or any of its subsidiaries, or a right of any individual employee or of the collective employees of Global Marine Inc. or its subsidiaries. The plan shall terminate upon the grant of awards under the plan or a resolution of the Board of Directors of Global Marine Inc. terminating the plan. The establishment of this plan or the grant of awards hereunder does not create or imply a promise or any other obligation to establish the same or a similar plan for any other year or to continue to grant such awards in the future.

RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Global Marine Inc. shall take all such actions, do all such things, make all such payments and sign and deliver all such documents and instruments as either or both of them may at any time or from time to time deem necessary or desirable in order to implement this plan.


EXHIBIT 11.1
GLOBAL MARINE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

                                                                 1996            1995              1994

Shares for primary and fully diluted computations:

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding           167,915,661     165,142,881       163,828,711
Weighted average shares issuable on
   assumed exercise of stock options                            1,579,733               -                 -

   Weighted average shares for primary earnings per share     169,495,394     165,142,881       163,828,711

Incremental shares issuable on assumed exercise of stock
   options and sale of incentive stock to reflect maximum
   dilutive effect                                              5,642,548       7,397,435         3,167,667

   Weighted average shares and share equivalents for
       fully diluted earnings per share                       175,137,942     172,540,316       166,996,378

Earnings for primary and
   fully diluted computations:

Income before cumulative effect of
   change in accounting principle                            $      180.1    $       51.9      $        4.8
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for
   postemployment benefits                                              -               -              (3.5)

Net income                                                   $      180.1    $       51.9      $        1.3

Primary earnings per share:

Income before cumulative effect of change
   in accounting principle                                   $       1.06    $       0.31       $      0.03
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for
   postemployment benefits                                              -               -             (0.02)

Primary net income per common share                          $       1.06    $       0.31       $      0.01

Fully diluted net income per share:

Income before cumulative effect of
   change in accounting principle                            $       1.03    $       0.30       $      0.03
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for
   postemployment benefits                                              -               -             (0.02)

Fully diluted net income per common share                    $       1.03    $       0.30        $     0.01


EXHIBIT 21.1

GLOBAL MARINE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
as of February 28, 1997

                                       STATE OR OTHER     PERCENT OF VOTING
                                       JURISDICTION OF    STOCK OWNED BY
NAME OF COMPANY                        INCORPORATION      IMMEDIATE PARENT

Global Marine Inc.                          Delaware             -
  Applied Drilling Technology Inc.          Texas             100%
  Arctic Systems Ltd.                       Canada            100%
  Challenger Minerals Inc.                  California        100%
     WO Offshore, Inc.                      Texas              50%
  Global Marine Arctic Ltd.                 Canada            100%
  Global Marine B.V.                      The Netherlands     100%
  Global Marine Baltic Inc.                 Delaware          100%
  Global Marine Bismarck Sea Inc.           Delaware          100%
     Global Marine International
       Services Corporation                 Bahamas           100%
  Global Marine Capital
     Investments Inc.                       Delaware          100%
     Global Marine Beaufort Sea Inc.        Delaware          100%
  Global Marine Corporate Services Inc.     California        100%
  Global Marine Deepwater Drilling Inc.     Delaware          100%
     Global Marine Australia Inc.           Delaware          100%
     Global Marine West Africa Inc.         Delaware          100%
     Petdrill, Inc.                         Delaware          100%
  Global Marine Drilling Company            California        100%
     Global Marine Caribbean, Inc.          California        100%
     Global Marine Development Inc.         California        100%
     Global Marine do Brasil
       Perfuracoes Ltda.                    Brazil             50%  (1)
     Global Marine Drilling Services        California        100%
       Global Dolphin Drilling Company
         Private Limited                    India              40%
     Glomar International S.A.R.L.          France            100%
  Global Marine Drilling (Malaysia)
     Sdn. Bhd.                              Malaysia          100%
  Global Marine Integrated Services
     - International Inc.                   Delaware          100%
  Global Marine North Sea Inc.              Delaware          100%
  Global Marine Oil & Gas Company           Delaware          100%
  Global Marine U.K. Limited                Scotland          100%
  Global Marine de Venezuela Inc.           Delaware          100%
  Global Offshore Drilling Ltd.             Nigeria            60%
  Intermarine Services Inc.                 Texas             100%

Marican Offshore Drilling Services, Inc. Canada 100%

(1) The remaining 50% of the voting stock is owned directly by Global Marine Inc.


EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated February 7, 1997 on our audits of the consolidated financial statements and our report dated February 7, 1997 on our audits of the financial statement schedule of Global Marine Inc. and subsidiaries, as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, which reports are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, into (i) the prospectus constituting part of the Company's Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Registration Nos. 33-32088, 33-40961 and 33-63326), respectively, for the Global Marine Inc. 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, (ii) the prospectus constituting part of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-40266) for the Global Marine Savings Incentive Plan,
(iii) the prospectus constituting part of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-40961) for the Global Marine Inc. 1990 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, (iv) the prospectus constituting part of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-57691) for the Global Marine Inc. 1994 Non-Employee Stock Option and Incentive Plan, and (v) the prospectus constituting part of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-58577) for the proposed offering of up to $75,000,000 of debt securities, preferred stock and/or common stock.

                                   /s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.



Houston, Texas


February 26, 1997


ARTICLE 5
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the consolidated balance sheet of Global Marine Inc. and subsidiaries as of 12-31-96 and the related consolidated statement of operations for the year ended 12-31-96, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements.
MULTIPLIER: 1,000


PERIOD TYPE YEAR
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1996
PERIOD START JAN 1 1996
PERIOD END DEC 31 1996
CASH 92,900
SECURITIES 27,500
RECEIVABLES 105,700
ALLOWANCES 1,300
INVENTORY 0
CURRENT ASSETS 246,500
PP&E 732,900
DEPRECIATION 255,500
TOTAL ASSETS 807,800
CURRENT LIABILITIES 87,600
BONDS 225,000
PREFERRED MANDATORY 0
PREFERRED 0
COMMON 16,900
OTHER SE 442,200
TOTAL LIABILITY AND EQUITY 807,800
SALES 12,900
TOTAL REVENUES 680,700
CGS 6,100
TOTAL COSTS 521,600
OTHER EXPENSES 0
LOSS PROVISION 0
INTEREST EXPENSE 30,900
INCOME PRETAX 119,700
INCOME TAX (60,400)
INCOME CONTINUING 180,100
DISCONTINUED 0
EXTRAORDINARY 0
CHANGES 0
NET INCOME 180,100
EPS PRIMARY 1.06
EPS DILUTED 1.03